快樂巴利palinanda.cc

長部第16經 · 大般涅槃經 Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

本經目錄比丘之不衰退法舍利弗的獅子吼持戒的功德伎女庵婆巴利鐵匠之子純陀之事雙娑羅樹遺體的供養遺骨的分配

131PTS 2.72緬 2.61已對照

三、大般涅槃經(Mahāparinibbānasutta) 如是我聞:一時,世尊住在王舍城(Rājagaha)的靈鷲山(Gijjhakūṭa)。當時,摩揭陀國(Magadha)的國王阿闍世·韋提希子(Ajātasattu Vedehiputta)想要出兵征討跋耆人(Vajjī)。他這樣說:“我要根絕這些有如此大神力、如此威勢廣大的跋耆人,我要毀滅跋耆人,我要令跋耆人遭受災禍與毀敗。”

131. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo hoti. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi [ucchejjāmi (syā. pī.), ucchijjāmi (ka.)] vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmi vajjī’’ti [āpādessāmi vajjīti (sabbattha) a. ni. 7.22 passitabbaṃ].
132PTS 2.73已對照

於是,摩揭陀國王阿闍世·韋提希子對摩揭陀大臣雨行婆羅門(Vassakāra)說:“來,婆羅門,你前往世尊之處;到了之後,以我的名義以頭禮敬世尊雙足,問候[世尊]少病、少惱、起居輕利、有力、安樂而住:‘尊者,摩揭陀國王阿闍世·韋提希子以頭禮敬世尊雙足,問候[世尊]少病、少惱、起居輕利、有力、安樂而住。’並且這樣說:‘尊者,摩揭陀國王阿闍世·韋提希子想要出兵征討跋耆人。他這樣說:“我要根絕這些有如此大神力、如此威勢廣大的跋耆人,我要毀滅跋耆人,我要令[他們]遭受災禍與毀敗。”’世尊如何為你解答,你要好好領受,回來告訴我。因為諸如來不說虛妄之語。”

132. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti. Yathā te bhagavā byākaroti, taṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā mama āroceyyāsi. Na hi tathāgatā vitathaṃ bhaṇantī’’ti.
Vassakārabrāhmaṇo
133緬 2.62已對照

雨行婆羅門之事 “是的,大王。”摩揭陀大臣雨行婆羅門應諾摩揭陀國王阿闍世·韋提希子之後,令人套好一輛輛上好的車乘,登上一輛上好的車乘,乘著一輛輛上好的車乘從王舍城出發,向靈鷲山而去。乘車行至車可行之處,便下車,徒步來到世尊之處;到了之後,與世尊互相問候;交換了友好、可唸的問候話語之後,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩揭陀大臣雨行婆羅門對世尊說:“喬達摩尊師,摩揭陀國王阿闍世·韋提希子以頭禮敬喬達摩尊師的雙足,問候[尊師]少病、少惱、起居輕利、有力、安樂而住。喬達摩尊師,摩揭陀國王阿闍世·韋提希子想要出兵征討跋耆人。他這樣說:‘我要根絕這些有如此大神力、如此威勢廣大的跋耆人,我要毀滅跋耆人,我要令[他們]遭受災禍與毀敗。’”

133. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchati. Rājā [evañca vadeti rājā (ka.)], bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti.
Rājaaparihāniyadhammā
134PTS 2.74緬 2.63已對照

王之不衰退法 那時,具壽阿難站在世尊背後為世尊搧風。於是世尊對具壽阿難說:“阿難,你聽說過‘跋耆人時常集會、多集會’嗎?”“尊者,我聽說過——‘跋耆人時常集會、多集會。’”“阿難,只要跋耆人還時常集會、多集會,阿難,跋耆人便只應期待增長,不會衰退。 “阿難,你聽說過‘跋耆人和合而集會、和合而散會、和合而作跋耆應作之事’嗎?”“尊者,我聽說過——‘跋耆人和合而集會、和合而散會、和合而作跋耆應作之事。’”“阿難,只要跋耆人還和合而集會、和合而散會、和合而作跋耆應作之事,阿難,跋耆人便只應期待增長,不會衰退。 “阿難,你聽說過‘跋耆人不制定未制定者,不廢除已制定者,依照已制定的古昔跋耆法而受持奉行’嗎?”“尊者,我聽說過——‘跋耆人不制定未制定者,不廢除已制定者,依照已制定的古昔跋耆法而受持奉行。’”“阿難,只要跋耆人還不制定未制定者,不廢除已制定者,依照已制定的古昔跋耆法而受持奉行,阿難,跋耆人便只應期待增長,不會衰退。 “阿難,你聽說過‘跋耆人對跋耆人中那些跋耆耆老,加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養,並且認為應當聽從他們[的話]’嗎?”“尊者,我聽說過——‘跋耆人對跋耆人中那些跋耆耆老,加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養,並且認為應當聽從他們[的話]。’”“阿難,只要跋耆人還對跋耆人中那些跋耆耆老加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養,並且認為應當聽從他們[的話],阿難,跋耆人便只應期待增長,不會衰退。 “阿難,你聽說過‘跋耆人對那些良家婦女、良家少女,不加強擄、強逼而使[她們]同住’嗎?”“尊者,我聽說過——‘跋耆人對那些良家婦女、良家少女,不加強擄、強逼而使[她們]同住。’”“阿難,只要跋耆人還不對那些良家婦女、良家少女加以強擄、強逼而使[她們]同住,阿難,跋耆人便只應期待增長,不會衰退。 “阿難,你聽說過‘跋耆人對跋耆人中那些內外的跋耆塔廟(cetiya),加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養,並且不廢止對它們從前所施、從前所作的如法供祭’嗎?”“尊者,我聽說過——‘跋耆人對跋耆人中那些內外的跋耆塔廟,加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養,並且不廢止對它們從前所施、從前所作的如法供祭。’”“阿難,只要跋耆人還對跋耆人中那些內外的跋耆塔廟加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養,並且不廢止對它們從前所施、從前所作的如法供祭,阿難,跋耆人便只應期待增長,不會衰退。 “阿難,你聽說過‘跋耆人對諸阿羅漢備有妥善安排的如法守護、遮護與保衛,[心想:]“願未來的阿羅漢們能來到境內,已來的阿羅漢們能在境內安樂而住”’嗎?”“尊者,我聽說過——‘跋耆人對諸阿羅漢備有妥善安排的如法守護、遮護與保衛,“願未來的阿羅漢們能來到境內,已來的阿羅漢們能在境內安樂而住”。’”“阿難,只要跋耆人對諸阿羅漢還備有妥善安排的如法守護、遮護與保衛,[心想:]‘願未來的阿羅漢們能來到境內,已來的阿羅漢們能在境內安樂而住’——阿難,跋耆人便只應期待增長,不會衰退。”

134. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno [vījayamāno (sī.), vījiyamāno (syā.)]. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, ‘‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti [garukaronti (sī. syā. pī.)] mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yāni tāni
Vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā bhavissati, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyunti. Vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.
135PTS 2.76已對照

於是,世尊對摩揭陀大臣雨行婆羅門說:“婆羅門,有一次我住在毘舍離(Vesālī)的沙蘭達達塔廟(Sārandada cetiya)。就在那裡,我為跋耆人宣說了這七不衰退法。婆羅門,只要這七不衰退法還住立於跋耆人之中,跋耆人還於這七不衰退法中顯現,婆羅門,跋耆人便只應期待增長,不會衰退。” 這樣說時,摩揭陀大臣雨行婆羅門對世尊說:“喬達摩尊師,跋耆人縱使只具足其中任何一種不衰退法,也只應期待增長,不會衰退,何況具足七種不衰退法呢!喬達摩尊師,摩揭陀國王阿闍世·韋提希子對跋耆人是不可以作戰的,除非以籠絡,除非以離間。喬達摩尊師,那麼我們現在就告辭了,我們事務繁多、要辦的事很多。”“婆羅門,現在正是你認為適時的時候。”於是,摩揭陀大臣雨行婆羅門歡喜、隨喜世尊所說,從座而起,離去了。

135. Atha kho bhagavā vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ekamidāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṃ vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade [sānandare (ka.)] cetiye. Tatrāhaṃ vajjīnaṃ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṃ. Yāvakīvañca, brāhmaṇa, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.
Evaṃ vutte, vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṃ vajjīnaṃ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi. Akaraṇīyāva [akaraṇīyā ca (syā. ka.)], bho gotama, vajjī [vajjīnaṃ (ka.)] raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṃ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bho gotama, gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
Bhikkhuaparihāniyadhammā
136已對照

比丘之不衰退法

於是,摩揭陀大臣雨行婆羅門離去不久,世尊便對具壽阿難說:“阿難,你去把凡是依止王舍城而住的比丘全都召集到集會堂來。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難應諾世尊之後,把凡是依止王舍城而住的比丘全都召集到集會堂,然後來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,站在一旁。站在一旁的具壽阿難對世尊說:“尊者,比丘僧已經集合。尊者,現在正是世尊認為適時的時候。”

136. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.
緬 2.65已對照

於是,世尊從座而起,來到集會堂;到了之後,坐在所敷設的座位上。坐下後,世尊對比丘們說:“諸比丘,我要為你們講說七不衰退法,你們要諦聽,好好作意,我要說了。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊這樣說:

Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們時常集會、多集會,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
PTS 2.77已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們和合而集會、和合而散會、和合而作僧團應作之事,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā saṅghakaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們不制定未制定者,不廢除已制定者,依照已制定的諸學處而受持奉行,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們對那些長老、久經歲月(rattaññū)、出家已久、為僧團之父、為僧團導首的比丘們,加以恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養,並且認為應當聽從他們[的話],諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們不落入已生起的、導致再有的渴愛(taṇhā)的支配,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobbhavikāya na vasaṃ gacchissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們對林野住處心存期望,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們各自建立起念——‘願未來的善良的同梵行者們能前來,願已來的善良的同梵行者們能安樂而住’——諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṃ upaṭṭhapessanti – ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu [phāsuṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] vihareyyu’nti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要這七不衰退法住立於比丘之中,比丘們於這七不衰退法中顯現,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
137緬 2.66已對照

“諸比丘,我要再為你們講說另外七不衰退法,你們要諦聽,好好作意,我要說了。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊這樣說:

137. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
PTS 2.78已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們不樂著事務、不喜好事務、不專事於樂著事務,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti na kammaratā na kammārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們不樂著閒談、不喜好閒談、不專事於樂著閒談,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti na bhassaratā na bhassārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們不樂著睡眠、不喜好睡眠、不專事於樂著睡眠,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na niddārāmā bhavissanti na niddāratā na niddārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們不樂著聚眾、不喜好聚眾、不專事於樂著聚眾,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikaratā na saṅgaṇikārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們不懷惡欲、不落入諸惡欲的支配,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們不結惡友、不為惡伴、不親惡黨,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpamittā bhavissanti na pāpasahāyā na pāpasampavaṅkā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們不以少分的殊勝證得而中途止息,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarāvosānaṃ āpajjissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要這七不衰退法住立於比丘之中,比丘們於這七不衰退法中顯現,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
138PTS 2.79緬 2.67已對照

“諸比丘,我要再為你們講說另外七不衰退法……乃至…… “諸比丘,只要比丘們有信……乃至……有慚……有愧……多聞……勤發精進……念現前……有慧,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。 “諸比丘,只要這七不衰退法住立於比丘之中,比丘們於這七不衰退法中顯現,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

138. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi…pe… ‘‘yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti…pe… hirimanā bhavissanti… ottappī bhavissanti… bahussutā bhavissanti… āraddhavīriyā bhavissanti… upaṭṭhitassatī bhavissanti… paññavanto bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
139已對照

“諸比丘,我要再為你們講說另外七不衰退法,你們要諦聽,好好作意,我要說了。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊這樣說:

139. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們修習念覺支……乃至……修習擇法覺支……修習精進覺支……修習喜覺支……修習輕安覺支……修習定覺支……修習舍覺支,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要這七不衰退法住立於比丘之中,比丘們於這七不衰退法中顯現,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
140已對照

“諸比丘,我要再為你們講說另外七不衰退法,你們要諦聽,好好作意,我要說了。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊這樣說:

140. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們修習無常想……乃至……修習無我想……修習不淨想……修習過患想……修習舍斷想……修習離貪想……修習滅想,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aniccasaññaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… anattasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… asubhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… ādīnavasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… pahānasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… virāgasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… nirodhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
PTS 2.80已對照

“諸比丘,只要這七不衰退法住立於比丘之中,比丘們於這七不衰退法中顯現,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
141已對照

“諸比丘,我要為你們講說六不衰退法,你們要諦聽,好好作意,我要說了。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊這樣說:

141. ‘‘Cha, vo bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
緬 2.68已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們對諸同梵行者,於顯處與屏處都現起慈的身業,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們現起慈的語業……乃至……對諸同梵行者,於顯處與屏處都現起慈的意業,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti …pe… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們對於凡是如法所得、依法而得的利養,乃至只是缽中所受的[一份],於這樣的利養也不別藏獨享,而與具戒的諸同梵行者共同受用,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī bhavissanti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們對於凡是無毀、無穿、無斑、無雜、自在、智者所贊、不被執取、導向定的諸戒,於這樣的諸戒中與諸同梵行者一同住於戒的共同,於顯處與屏處皆然,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāni kāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññūpasatthāni [viññuppasatthāni (sī.)] aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
已對照

“諸比丘,只要比丘們對於那聖的、能出離的、能令依之而行者正盡苦的見,於這樣的見中與諸同梵行者一同住於見的共同,於顯處與屏處皆然,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā, niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
PTS 2.81已對照

“諸比丘,只要這六不衰退法住立於比丘之中,比丘們於這六不衰退法中顯現,諸比丘,比丘們便只應期待增長,不會衰退。”

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.
142已對照

世尊住在王舍城靈鷲山時,也多以這樣的法語對比丘們說:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍燻修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍燻修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍燻修的心正從諸漏解脫,即:欲漏、有漏、無明漏。”

142. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharanto gijjhakūṭe pabbate etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
143緬 2.69已對照

於是,世尊在王舍城隨意住了[一段時間]之後,對具壽阿難說:“來吧,阿難,我們前往庵婆羅提迦(Ambalaṭṭhikā)。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。於是,世尊與大比丘僧一同來到庵婆羅提迦。世尊就住在庵婆羅提迦的王家客舍。世尊住在庵婆羅提迦的王家客舍時,也多以這樣的法語對比丘們說:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍燻修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍燻修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍燻修的心正從諸漏解脫,即:欲漏、有漏、無明漏。”

143. Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena ambalaṭṭhikā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena ambalaṭṭhikā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharati rājāgārake. Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharanto rājāgārake etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
144已對照

於是,世尊在庵婆羅提迦隨意住了[一段時間]之後,對具壽阿難說:“來吧,阿難,我們前往那爛陀(Nāḷandā)。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。於是,世尊與大比丘僧一同來到那爛陀,世尊就住在那爛陀的波婆離迦芒果林(Pāvārikambavana)。

144. Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nāḷandā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nāḷandā tadavasari, tatra sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharati pāvārikambavane.
Sāriputtasīhanādo
145PTS 2.82已對照

舍利弗的獅子吼

那時,具壽舍利弗來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具壽舍利弗對世尊說:“尊者,我對世尊有這樣的淨信:無論過去、未來或現在,都不曾有、不會有、也不存在另一位在正覺方面比世尊有更高證智的沙門或婆羅門。”“舍利弗,你說了這句宏大的牛王之語(āsabhī vācā),作了一向的斷定,吼出了獅子吼——‘尊者,我對世尊有這樣的淨信:無論過去、未來或現在,都不曾有、不會有、也不存在另一位在正覺方面比世尊有更高證智的沙門或婆羅門。’

145. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’nti. ‘‘Uḷārā kho te ayaṃ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā [āsabhivācā (syā.)] bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’nti.
緬 2.70已對照

“舍利弗,過去世那些成為阿羅漢、正等正覺者的世尊們,你是否都以心遍知其心而了知:‘那些世尊有這樣的戒,亦有這樣的法、這樣的慧、這樣的住、這樣的解脫’呢?”“尊者,並非如此。”

‘‘Kiṃ te [kiṃ nu (syā. pī. ka.)], sāriputta, ye te ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
已對照

“那麼,舍利弗,未來世那些將成為阿羅漢、正等正覺者的世尊們,你是否都以心遍知其心而了知:‘那些世尊將有這樣的戒,亦將有這樣的法、這樣的慧、這樣的住、這樣的解脫’呢?”“尊者,並非如此。”

‘‘Kiṃ pana te [kiṃ pana (syā. pī. ka.)], sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
已對照

“那麼,舍利弗,現在是阿羅漢、正等正覺者的我,你是否以心遍知其心而了知:‘世尊有這樣的戒,亦有這樣的法、這樣的慧、這樣的住、這樣的解脫’呢?”“尊者,並非如此。”

‘‘Kiṃ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito – ‘‘evaṃsīlo bhagavā itipi, evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño evaṃvihārī evaṃvimutto bhagavā itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
PTS 2.83已對照

“舍利弗,既然在此你對過去、未來、現在的諸阿羅漢、正等正覺者並沒有他心智(cetopariyañāṇa),那麼,舍利弗,你為什麼說了這句宏大的牛王之語,作了一向的斷定,吼出了這樣的獅子吼——‘尊者,我對世尊有這樣的淨信:無論過去、未來或現在,都不曾有、不會有、也不存在另一位在正覺方面比世尊有更高證智的沙門或婆羅門’呢?”

‘‘Ettha ca hi te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ [cetopariññāyañāṇaṃ (syā.), cetasā cetopariyāyañāṇaṃ (ka.)] natthi. Atha kiñcarahi te ayaṃ, sāriputta, uḷārā āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’’nti?
146緬 2.71已對照

“尊者,我對過去、未來、現在的諸阿羅漢、正等正覺者雖沒有他心智,但我了知法的類推(dhammanvaya)。尊者,譬如國王的邊境城市,有堅固的城基、堅固的城牆與城門樓,只有一道門;那裡有一位賢明、幹練、有智慧的守門人,阻攔不認識的人,放入認識的人。他沿著這座城市四周的巡行道次第巡視,看不見城牆的接縫或裂口,乃至連一隻貓能鑽出去的[缺口]都沒有。他會這樣想:‘凡是任何粗大的生物出入這座城市,它們全都是從這一道門出入的。’尊者,我所了知的法的類推正是如此:‘尊者,過去世那些成為阿羅漢、正等正覺者的世尊們,那些世尊全都是舍斷了五蓋——心的隨煩惱、令慧羸弱者——,於四念處心善安住,如實修習七覺支之後,現正覺了無上正等正覺。尊者,未來世那些將成為阿羅漢、正等正覺者的世尊們,那些世尊也全都將是舍斷了五蓋——心的隨煩惱、令慧羸弱者——,於四念處心善安住,如實修習七覺支之後,現正覺無上正等正覺。尊者,現在是阿羅漢、正等正覺者的世尊,也是舍斷了五蓋——心的隨煩惱、令慧羸弱者——,於四念處心善安住,如實修習七覺支之後,現正覺了無上正等正覺。’”

146. ‘‘Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ atthi, api ca me dhammanvayo vidito. Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṃ nagaraṃ daḷhuddhāpaṃ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṃ ekadvāraṃ, tatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivāretā ñātānaṃ pavesetā. So tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāyapathaṃ [anucariyāyapathaṃ (syā.)] anukkamamāno na passeyya pākārasandhiṃ vā pākāravivaraṃ vā, antamaso biḷāranikkhamanamattampi. Tassa evamassa [na passeyya tassa evamassa (syā.)] – ‘ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṃ nagaraṃ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te imināva dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā’ti. Evameva kho me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito – ‘ye te, bhante, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhiṃsu. Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissanti. Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’’’ti.
147PTS 2.84已對照

世尊住在那爛陀的波婆離迦芒果林時,也多以這樣的法語對比丘們說:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍燻修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍燻修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍燻修的心正從諸漏解脫,即:欲漏、有漏、無明漏。”

147. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharanto pāvārikambavane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
Dussīlaādīnavā
148PTS 2.85緬 2.72已對照

破戒的過患 於是,世尊在那爛陀隨意住了[一段時間]之後,對具壽阿難說:“來吧,阿難,我們前往波吒釐村(Pāṭaligāma)。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。於是,世尊與大比丘僧一同來到波吒釐村。波吒釐村的優婆塞們聽說:“據說世尊已經到達波吒釐村。”於是,波吒釐村的優婆塞們來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的波吒釐村的優婆塞們對世尊說:“尊者,願世尊接受我們的客舍。”世尊以默然表示接受。於是,波吒釐村的優婆塞們知道世尊已經接受,便從座而起,禮敬世尊,右繞之後,來到客舍;到了之後,把客舍全面鋪設停當,敷設座位,安置水甕,點上油燈,然後來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,站在一旁。站在一旁的波吒釐村的優婆塞們對世尊說:“尊者,客舍已經全面鋪設停當,座位已經敷設,水甕已經安置,油燈已經點上;尊者,現在正是世尊認為適時的時候。”於是,世尊在傍晚時分穿好[下衣],取了缽與衣,與比丘僧一同來到客舍;到了之後,洗了足,進入客舍,靠著中央的柱子面向東方而坐。比丘僧也洗了足,進入客舍,靠著西面的牆、面向東方而坐,以世尊為前。波吒釐村的優婆塞們也洗了足,進入客舍,靠著東面的牆、面向西方而坐,以世尊為前。

148. Atha kho bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāṭaligāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāra’’nti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ [sabbasantharitaṃ satthataṃ (syā.), sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (ka.)] āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sabbasantharisanthataṃ [sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], bhante, āvasathāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito; yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ [idaṃ padaṃ vinayamahāvagga na dissati]. Nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho [puratthimābhimukho (ka.)] nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantameva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.
149緬 2.73已對照

於是,世尊對波吒釐村的優婆塞們說:“居士們,破戒者由於戒的失壞而有這五種過患。哪五種呢?居士們,在此,破戒、戒已失壞者,因放逸之故遭受財物的重大損失。這是破戒者由於戒的失壞而有的第一種過患。 “再者,居士們,破戒、戒已失壞者,惡名聲傳揚開來。這是破戒者由於戒的失壞而有的第二種過患。 “再者,居士們,破戒、戒已失壞者,無論走近哪一眾會——或剎帝利眾、或婆羅門眾、或居士眾、或沙門眾——都無自信地走近,神情沮喪。這是破戒者由於戒的失壞而有的第三種過患。 “再者,居士們,破戒、戒已失壞者,昏昧而命終。這是破戒者由於戒的失壞而有的第四種過患。 “再者,居士們,破戒、戒已失壞者,身壞命終之後,往生苦界、惡趣、墮處、地獄。這是破戒者由於戒的失壞而有的第五種過患。居士們,這就是破戒者由於戒的失壞而有的五種過患。

149. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi – ‘‘pañcime, gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
Sīlavantaānisaṃsa
150PTS 2.86已對照

持戒的功德

“居士們,持戒者由於戒的具足而有這五種功德。哪五種呢?居士們,在此,持戒、戒已具足者,因不放逸之故獲得大財蘊。這是持戒者由於戒的具足而有的第一種功德。

150. ‘‘Pañcime, gahapatayo, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
已對照

“再者,居士們,持戒、戒已具足者,善名聲傳揚開來。這是持戒者由於戒的具足而有的第二種功德。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
已對照

“再者,居士們,持戒、戒已具足者,無論走近哪一眾會——或剎帝利眾、或婆羅門眾、或居士眾、或沙門眾——都有自信地走近,神情不沮喪。這是持戒者由於戒的具足而有的第三種功德。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
已對照

“再者,居士們,持戒、戒已具足者,不昏昧而命終。這是持戒者由於戒的具足而有的第四種功德。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
已對照

“再者,居士們,持戒、戒已具足者,身壞命終之後,往生善趣、天界。這是持戒者由於戒的具足而有的第五種功德。居士們,這就是持戒者由於戒的具足而有的五種功德。”

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā’’ti.
151已對照

於是,世尊以法語對波吒釐村的優婆塞們開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜,直到深夜,然後遣他們回去:“居士們,夜已深了,現在正是你們認為適時的時候。”“是的,尊者。”波吒釐村的優婆塞們應諾世尊之後,從座而起,禮敬世尊,右繞之後離去。於是,在波吒釐村的優婆塞們離去不久,世尊便進入了空屋。

151. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi – ‘‘abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti, yassadāni tumhe kālaṃ maññathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi.
Pāṭaliputtanagaramāpanaṃ
152PTS 2.88緬 2.74已對照

波吒釐子城的建造 當時,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀(Sunidha)與雨行正在波吒釐村建造城市,以防禦跋耆人。當時,有成千的天神在波吒釐村佔取宅地。凡大威力的天神在哪一處佔取宅地,大威力的國王與王的大臣們的心便傾向於在那裡建造住宅;凡中等的天神在哪一處佔取宅地,中等的國王與王的大臣們的心便傾向於在那裡建造住宅;凡卑下的天神在哪一處佔取宅地,卑下的國王與王的大臣們的心便傾向於在那裡建造住宅。世尊以清淨、超人的天眼,看見那些成千的天神在波吒釐村佔取宅地。於是,世尊在夜過將曉之時起身,對具壽阿難說:“阿難,是誰在波吒釐村建造城市呢?”“尊者,是摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀與雨行在波吒釐村建造城市,以防禦跋耆人。”“阿難,就像是與三十三天(Tāvatiṃsa)的諸天商議過一般,阿難,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀與雨行正是這樣在波吒釐村建造城市,以防禦跋耆人。阿難,我在這裡以清淨、超人的天眼,看見了成千的天神在波吒釐村佔取宅地。阿難,凡大威力的天神在哪一處佔取宅地,大威力的國王與王的大臣們的心便傾向於在那裡建造住宅;凡中等的天神在哪一處佔取宅地,中等的國王與王的大臣們的心便傾向於在那裡建造住宅;凡卑下的天神在哪一處佔取宅地,卑下的國王與王的大臣們的心便傾向於在那裡建造住宅。阿難,凡聖者的處所所及、凡商賈之路所及,這裡將成為最上的城市——解包之地(puṭabhedana)波吒釐子城(Pāṭaliputta)。阿難,波吒釐子城將有三種災難:或來自火,或來自水,或來自內部的離間。”

152. Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā [sunīdhavassakārā (syā. ka.)] magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Tena samayena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva [sahassasseva (sī. pī. ka.), sahassaseva (ṭīkāyaṃ pāṭhantaraṃ), sahassasahasseva (udānaṭṭhakathā)] pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhanti. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ke nu kho [ko nu kho (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentī’’ti [māpetīti (sī. syā. pī. ka.)]? ‘‘Sunidhavassakārā, bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā’’ti. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā, evameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ, ānanda, addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭabhedanaṃ. Pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti – aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā’’ti.
153PTS 2.89緬 2.75已對照

於是,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀與雨行來到世尊之處;到了之後,與世尊互相問候;交換了友好、可唸的問候話語之後,站在一旁。站在一旁的摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀與雨行對世尊說:“願喬達摩尊師與比丘僧一同接受我們今日的飯食。”世尊以默然表示接受。於是,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀與雨行知道世尊已經接受,便回到自己的住處;到了之後,在自己的住處備辦了精美的嚼食與啖食,然後派人向世尊稟告時間:“喬達摩尊師,時間到了,飯食已經備妥。”於是,世尊在上午穿好[下衣],取了缽與衣,與比丘僧一同來到摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀與雨行的住處;到了之後,坐在所敷設的座位上。於是,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀與雨行親手以精美的嚼食與啖食供奉、滿足以佛陀為首的比丘僧。於是,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀與雨行在世尊用餐完畢、手離於缽之後,取了一個低座,坐在一旁。對坐在一旁的摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀與雨行,世尊以這些偈頌隨喜: “生為智者,在何處安居, 就在那裡供食持戒者——諸自制的梵行者。 “凡在那裡的諸天神,應把布施[之福]迴向給她們; 她們受供養便供養他,受敬重便敬重他。 “從此她們便憐念他,如同母親憐念親生之子; 為天神所憐唸的人,常見吉祥。” 於是,世尊以這些偈頌對摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀與雨行隨喜之後,從座而起,離去了。

153. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṃ magadhamahāmattānaṃ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –
‘‘Yasmiṃ padese kappeti, vāsaṃ paṇḍitajātiyo;
Sīlavantettha bhojetvā, saññate brahmacārayo [brahmacārino (syā.)].
‘‘Yā tattha devatā āsuṃ, tāsaṃ dakkhiṇamādise;
Tā pūjitā pūjayanti [pūjitā pūjayanti naṃ (ka.)], mānitā mānayanti naṃ.
‘‘Tato naṃ anukampanti, mātā puttaṃva orasaṃ;
Devatānukampito poso, sadā bhadrāni passatī’’ti.
Atha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
154緬 2.76已對照

當時,摩揭陀大臣蘇尼陀與雨行緊緊跟隨在世尊身後[心想]:“今日沙門喬達摩從哪一道門出去,那道門就將名為喬達摩門;從哪一個渡口渡過恆河,那個渡口就將名為喬達摩渡。”於是,世尊從哪一道門出去,那道門就名為喬達摩門。於是,世尊來到恆河邊。當時,恆河水滿,與岸齊平,烏鴉[俯首]可飲。有些人在尋找船,有些人在尋找浮筏,有些人在結縛木筏,想要從此岸到彼岸。於是,世尊——猶如有力的人伸屈彎曲的手臂或彎曲伸直的手臂那樣——與比丘僧一同在恆河此岸隱沒,出現於彼岸。世尊看見那些人有的在尋找船,有的在尋找浮筏,有的在結縛木筏,想要從此岸到彼岸。於是,世尊了知此義,在那時說出這段感興語: “凡渡越大水與湖沼者,造橋而越過諸池沼; 世人[尚在]結縛木筏,而有慧的人們已渡越。” 第一誦分。

154. Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti – ‘‘yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma bhavissati. Yena titthena gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ tarissati, taṃ gotamatitthaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā. Appekacce manussā nāvaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce kullaṃ bandhanti apārā [pārā (sī. syā. ka.), orā (vi. mahāvagga)], pāraṃ gantukāmā. Atha kho bhagavā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse appekacce nāvaṃ pariyesante appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesante appekacce kullaṃ bandhante apārā pāraṃ gantukāme. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
‘‘Ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ saraṃ, setuṃ katvāna visajja pallalāni;
Kullañhi jano bandhati [kullaṃ jano ca bandhati (syā.), kullaṃ hi jano pabandhati (sī. pī. ka.)], tiṇṇā [nitiṇṇā, na tiṇṇā (ka.)] medhāvino janā’’ti.
Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.
Ariyasaccakathā
155PTS 2.90緬 2.77已對照

聖諦之說 於是,世尊對具壽阿難說:“來吧,阿難,我們前往拘胝村(Koṭigāma)。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。於是,世尊與大比丘僧一同來到拘胝村。世尊就住在拘胝村。世尊在那裡對比丘們說: “諸比丘,由於不隨覺、不通達四聖諦,我與你們才這樣長時地奔馳、流轉。哪四種呢?諸比丘,由於不隨覺、不通達苦聖諦,我與你們才這樣長時地奔馳、流轉;諸比丘,由於不隨覺、不通達苦集聖諦,我與你們才這樣長時地奔馳、流轉;諸比丘,由於不隨覺、不通達苦滅聖諦,我與你們才這樣長時地奔馳、流轉;諸比丘,由於不隨覺、不通達導至苦滅之道聖諦,我與你們才這樣長時地奔馳、流轉。諸比丘,如今這苦聖諦已被隨覺、已被通達,苦集聖諦已被隨覺、已被通達,苦滅聖諦已被隨覺、已被通達,導至苦滅之道聖諦已被隨覺、已被通達;有的渴愛已被根絕,[導向再]有之索(bhavanetti)已盡,如今不再有後有了。”世尊說了這[番話]。善逝說了這[番話]之後,導師又接著這樣說: “由於不如實見四聖諦, 便在這樣那樣的諸生之中長時流轉。 “如今這些[聖諦]已被見到,[導向再]有之索已被拔除; 苦的根已被斷絕,如今不再有後有。” 世尊住在拘胝村時,也多以這樣的法語對比丘們說:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍燻修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍燻修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍燻修的心正從諸漏解脫,即:欲漏、有漏、無明漏。”

155. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena koṭigāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena koṭigāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
‘‘Catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Dukkhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhasamudayassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ [dukkhasamudayo (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ [dukkhanirodho (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthidāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
‘‘Catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, yathābhūtaṃ adassanā;
Saṃsitaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ, tāsu tāsveva jātisu.
Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā;
Ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti.
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
Anāvattidhammasambodhiparāyaṇā
156PTS 2.92緬 2.78已對照

不還[者]的記說 於是,世尊在拘胝村隨意住了[一段時間]之後,對具壽阿難說:“來吧,阿難,我們前往那提迦(Nātika)。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。於是,世尊與大比丘僧一同來到那提迦。世尊就住在那提迦的磚屋(giñjakāvasatha)。於是,具壽阿難來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具壽阿難對世尊說:“尊者,有一位名叫薩勒哈(Sāḷha)的比丘在那提迦命終了,他的趣(gati)是什麼?他的來世如何?尊者,有一位名叫難陀(Nandā)的比丘尼在那提迦命終了,她的趣是什麼?她的來世如何?尊者,有一位名叫須達多(Sudatta)的優婆塞在那提迦命終了,他的趣是什麼?他的來世如何?尊者,有一位名叫善生(Sujātā)的優婆夷在那提迦命終了,她的趣是什麼?她的來世如何?尊者,有一位名叫矩矩吒(Kukkuṭa)的優婆塞在那提迦命終了,他的趣是什麼?他的來世如何?尊者,有一位名叫迦凌波(Kāḷimba)的優婆塞……乃至……尊者,有一位名叫尼迦多(Nikaṭa)的優婆塞……有一位名叫迦低沙訶(Kaṭissaha)的優婆塞……有一位名叫都他(Tuṭṭha)的優婆塞……有一位名叫桑都他(Santuṭṭha)的優婆塞……有一位名叫跋陀(Bhadda)的優婆塞……有一位名叫須跋陀(Subhadda)的優婆塞在那提迦命終了,他的趣是什麼?他的來世如何?”

156. Atha kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nātikā [nādikā (syā. pī.)] tenupaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nātikā tadavasari. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kukkuṭo [kakudho (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kāḷimbo [kāliṅgo (pī.), kāraḷimbo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako… kaṭissaho [kaṭissabho (sī. pī.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako… tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… bhaddo [bhaṭo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako… subhaddo [subhaṭo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?
157PTS 2.93緬 2.79已對照

“阿難,薩勒哈比丘以諸漏的滅盡,就在現法中自己以證智證知無漏的心解脫、慧解脫,成就並住。阿難,難陀比丘尼以五下分結的滅盡而為化生者,將在那裡般涅槃,不再從彼世間還來。阿難,須達多優婆塞以三結的滅盡、貪瞋痴的薄弱而為斯陀含,只再來此世間一次便將作苦的邊際。阿難,善生優婆夷以三結的滅盡而為須陀洹,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。阿難,矩矩吒優婆塞以五下分結的滅盡而為化生者,將在那裡般涅槃,不再從彼世間還來。阿難,迦凌波優婆塞……乃至……阿難,尼迦多優婆塞……迦低沙訶優婆塞……都他優婆塞……桑都他優婆塞……跋陀優婆塞……須跋陀優婆塞以五下分結的滅盡而為化生者,將在那裡般涅槃,不再從彼世間還來。阿難,在那提迦命終的優婆塞有五十餘人,以五下分結的滅盡而為化生者,將在那裡般涅槃,不再從彼世間還來。阿難,在那提迦命終的優婆塞有九十餘人,以三結的滅盡、貪瞋痴的薄弱而為斯陀含,只再來此世間一次便將作苦的邊際。阿難,在那提迦命終的優婆塞有五百餘人,以三結的滅盡而為須陀洹,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。

157. ‘‘Sāḷho, ānanda, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissati. Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā [parāyanā (sī. syā. pī. ka.)]. Kukkuṭo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Kāḷimbo, ānanda, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo, ānanda, upāsako… kaṭissaho, ānanda, upāsako… tuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako … santuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako… bhaddo, ānanda, upāsako… subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Paropaññāsaṃ, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti [chādhikā navuti (syā.)], ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni [dasātirekāni (syā.)], ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.
Dhammādāsadhammapariyāyā
158已對照

法鏡法門 “阿難,生而為人者會命終,這並不希奇。但若每有人命終,你們都來到如來之處問這件事,阿難,這對如來是疲惱。所以,阿難,我要講說名為法鏡的法門;具足它的聖弟子,若願意,便能自己為自己記說:‘我已盡地獄,已盡畜生胎,已盡餓鬼境,已盡苦界、惡趣、墮處;我是須陀洹,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。’

158. ‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṅkareyya. Tasmiṃyeva [tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce (sī. pī.), tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kho (syā.)] kālaṅkate tathāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti.
159PTS 2.94緬 2.80已對照

“阿難,什麼是那法鏡法門——具足它的聖弟子,若願意,便能自己為自己記說:‘我已盡地獄,已盡畜生胎,已盡餓鬼境,已盡苦界、惡趣、墮處;我是須陀洹,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺’呢? “阿難,在此,聖弟子對佛具足不壞淨信(aveccappasāda):‘那位世尊亦即是阿羅漢、正等正覺者、明行具足(vijjācaraṇasampanna)、善逝(sugata)、世間解(lokavidū)、無上者、調御丈夫(anuttara purisadammasārathi)、天人導師(satthā devamanussānaṃ)、佛陀(buddha)、世尊。’ “對法具足不壞淨信:‘法是世尊所善說的,是現見的、無時的、來見的、引導的、智者應各自證知的。’ “對僧具足不壞淨信:‘世尊的弟子僧是善行道者,世尊的弟子僧是正直行道者,世尊的弟子僧是如理行道者,世尊的弟子僧是正當行道者,也就是四雙八輩之人——這就是世尊的弟子僧,應供養、應款待、應奉施、應合掌,是世間無上的福田。’ “具足聖者所愛樂的諸戒——無毀、無穿、無斑、無雜、自在、智者所贊、不被執取、導向定。 “阿難,這就是那法鏡法門——具足它的聖弟子,若願意,便能自己為自己記說:‘我已盡地獄,已盡畜生胎,已盡餓鬼境,已盡苦界、惡趣、墮處;我是須陀洹,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。’” 世尊住在那提迦的磚屋時,也多以這樣的法語對比丘們說:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍燻修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍燻修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍燻修的心正從諸漏解脫,即:欲漏、有漏、無明漏。”

159. ‘‘Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti?
‘‘Idhānanda, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti.
‘‘Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.
‘‘Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.
‘‘Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.
‘‘Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharanto giñjakāvasathe etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti –
‘‘Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
160PTS 2.95緬 2.81已對照

於是,世尊在那提迦隨意住了[一段時間]之後,對具壽阿難說:“來吧,阿難,我們前往毘舍離。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。於是,世尊與大比丘僧一同來到毘舍離。世尊就住在毘舍離的庵婆巴利林(Ambapālivana)。世尊在那裡對比丘們說:“諸比丘,比丘應當具念、正知而住,這是我們對你們的教誡。諸比丘,比丘如何是具念呢?諸比丘,在此,比丘於身隨觀身而住,熱勤(ātāpī)、正知、具念,調伏世間的貪與憂;於諸受隨觀受……乃至……於心隨觀心……乃至……於諸法隨觀法而住,熱勤、正知、具念,調伏世間的貪與憂。諸比丘,這樣,比丘就是具念。 “諸比丘,比丘如何是正知呢?諸比丘,在此,比丘於前進、後退時是正知而行者,於前視、旁視時是正知而行者,於屈、伸時是正知而行者,於持僧伽梨、缽與衣時是正知而行者,於食、飲、嚼、嘗時是正知而行者,於大小便利時是正知而行者,於行、住、坐、臥、醒、語、默時是正知而行者。諸比丘,這樣,比丘就是正知。諸比丘,比丘應當具念、正知而住,這是我們對你們的教誡。”

160. Atha kho bhagavā nātike yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena vesālī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
‘‘Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī…pe… citte cittānupassī…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti.
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī’’ti.
Ambapālīgaṇikā
161緬 2.82已對照

伎女庵婆巴利

伎女庵婆巴利(Ambapālī gaṇikā)聽說:“據說世尊已經到達毘舍離,住在毘舍離我的芒果林中。”於是,伎女庵婆巴利令人套好一輛輛上好的車乘,登上一輛上好的車乘,乘著一輛輛上好的車乘從毘舍離出發,向自己的園林而去。乘車行至車可行之處,便下車,徒步來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊以法語對坐在一旁的伎女庵婆巴利開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜。於是,受世尊以法語開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜的伎女庵婆巴利對世尊說:“尊者,願世尊與比丘僧一同接受我明日的飯食。”世尊以默然表示接受。於是,伎女庵婆巴利知道世尊已經接受,便從座而起,禮敬世尊,右繞之後離去。

161. Assosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsi. Yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
PTS 2.96已對照

毘舍離的離車人們聽說:“據說世尊已經到達毘舍離,住在庵婆巴利林中。”於是,那些離車人令人套好一輛輛上好的車乘,登上一輛上好的車乘,乘著一輛輛上好的車乘從毘舍離出發。其中有些離車人是青色的——青的容色、青的衣服、青的裝飾;有些離車人是黃色的——黃的容色、黃的衣服、黃的裝飾;有些離車人是赤色的——赤的容色、赤的衣服、赤的裝飾;有些離車人是白色的——白的容色、白的衣服、白的裝飾。於是,伎女庵婆巴利與那些年輕的離車人以軸觸軸、以輪觸輪、以軛觸軛地相錯而過。於是,那些離車人對伎女庵婆巴利說:“喂,庵婆巴利,你為什麼與那些年輕的離車人以軸觸軸、以輪觸輪、以軛觸軛地相錯而過呢?”“諸位公子,因為我已經請到世尊與比丘僧一同接受明日的飯食了。”“喂,庵婆巴利,把這頓飯食讓給我們,[我們出]十萬[金]。”“諸位公子,即使你們把毘舍離連同其屬地都給我,我也不會讓出這頓飯食。”於是,那些離車人彈指[說]:“諸位,我們竟被這女人(ambakā)勝過了!諸位,我們竟被這女人勝過了!”

Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyiṃsu. Tatra ekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī lohitā honti lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi [parivattesi (vi. mahāvagga)]. Atha kho te licchavī ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ, je ambapāli, daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesī’’ti? ‘‘Tathā hi pana me, ayyaputtā, bhagavā nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. ‘‘Dehi, je ambapāli, etaṃ [ekaṃ (ka.)] bhattaṃ satasahassenā’’ti. ‘‘Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dassatha [dajjeyyātha (vi. mahāvagga)], evamahaṃ taṃ [evampi mahantaṃ (syā.), evaṃ mahantaṃ (sī. pī.)] bhattaṃ na dassāmī’’ti [neva dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhattanti (vi. mahāvagga)]. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha [jitamhā (bahūsu)] vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti [‘‘jitamhā vata bho ambapālikāya vañcitamhā vata bho ambapālikāyā’’ti (syā.)].
PTS 2.97緬 2.83已對照

於是,那些離車人向庵婆巴利林而去。世尊遠遠地就看見那些離車人前來。看見之後,對比丘們說:“諸比丘,凡是不曾見過三十三天諸天的比丘,諸比丘,你們看這離車眾;諸比丘,你們細看這離車眾;諸比丘,你們把這離車眾比擬為三十三天[眾]吧。”於是,那些離車人乘車行至車可行之處,便下車,徒步來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊以法語對坐在一旁的那些離車人開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜。於是,受世尊以法語開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜的那些離車人對世尊說:“尊者,願世尊與比丘僧一同接受我們明日的飯食。”於是,世尊對那些離車人說:“離車人們,我已經接受了伎女庵婆巴利明日的飯食了。”於是,那些離車人彈指[說]:“諸位,我們竟被這女人勝過了!諸位,我們竟被這女人勝過了!”於是,那些離車人歡喜、隨喜世尊所說,從座而起,禮敬世尊,右繞之後離去。

Atha kho te licchavī yena ambapālivanaṃ tena pāyiṃsu. Addasā kho bhagavā te licchavī dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yesaṃ [yehi (vi. mahāvagga)], bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ devā tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ; apaloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ; upasaṃharatha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ – tāvatiṃsasadisa’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘adhivutthaṃ [adhivāsitaṃ (syā.)] kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhatta’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.
162PTS 2.98緬 2.84已對照

於是,伎女庵婆巴利在那一夜過後,在自己的園林中備辦了精美的嚼食與啖食,然後派人向世尊稟告時間:“尊者,時間到了,飯食已經備妥。”於是,世尊在上午穿好[下衣],取了缽與衣,與比丘僧一同來到伎女庵婆巴利的住處;到了之後,坐在所敷設的座位上。於是,伎女庵婆巴利親手以精美的嚼食與啖食供奉、滿足以佛陀為首的比丘僧。於是,伎女庵婆巴利在世尊用餐完畢、手離於缽之後,取了一個低座,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的伎女庵婆巴利對世尊說:“尊者,我把這座園林布施給以佛陀為首的比丘僧。”世尊接受了這座園林。於是,世尊以法語對伎女庵婆巴利開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜之後,從座而起,離去了。世尊住在毘舍離庵婆巴利林時,也多以這樣的法語對比丘們說:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍燻修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍燻修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍燻修的心正從諸漏解脫,即:欲漏、有漏、無明漏。”

162. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imāhaṃ, bhante, ārāmaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharanto ambapālivane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
Veḷuvagāmavassūpagamanaṃ
163PTS 2.99已對照

竹林村的雨安居 於是,世尊在庵婆巴利林隨意住了[一段時間]之後,對具壽阿難說:“來吧,阿難,我們前往竹林村(Veḷuvagāmaka)。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。於是,世尊與大比丘僧一同來到竹林村。世尊就住在竹林村。世尊在那裡對比丘們說:“諸比丘,你們去吧,就在毘舍離四周,隨各自的友人、隨各自的相識、隨各自的親厚而入雨安居;我則就在這竹林村入雨安居。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘應諾世尊之後,就在毘舍離四周,隨各自的友人、隨各自的相識、隨各自的親厚而入雨安居;世尊則就在那竹林村入雨安居。

163. Atha kho bhagavā ambapālivane yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena veḷuvagāmako [beḷuvagāmako (sī. pī.)] tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena veḷuvagāmako tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā veḷuvagāmake viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upetha [upagacchatha (syā.)]. Ahaṃ pana idheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Bhagavā pana tattheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchi.
164緬 2.85已對照

於是,在世尊入雨安居之後,生起了劇烈的病,轉起了猛烈的、瀕死的諸受。世尊具念、正知地忍受,不為所惱。於是,世尊這樣想:“我若不告知諸侍者、不辭別比丘僧就般涅槃,這對我是不相宜的。我何不以精進遣退此病,決意住於命行(jīvitasaṅkhāra)而住呢?”於是,世尊以精進遣退了那病,決意住於命行而住。於是,世尊的那病就止息了。於是,世尊病癒起身、起身未久,便從住處出來,坐在住處蔭影處所敷設的座位上。於是,具壽阿難來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具壽阿難對世尊說:“尊者,我見到了世尊的安適;尊者,我見到了世尊的堪忍。不過,尊者,我的身體像是麻木沉重了一般;諸方對我也不明瞭;由於世尊的病,諸法對我也不顯現。不過,尊者,我還有一點點安慰:‘只要世尊還沒有就比丘僧說些什麼,世尊就不會般涅槃。’”

164. Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parinibbāyeyyaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihareyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. Atha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭipassambhi. Atha kho bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito [gilānavuṭṭhito (saddanīti)] aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu; diṭṭhaṃ me, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṃ, api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo. Disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṃ na paṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena, api ca me, bhante, ahosi kācideva assāsamattā – ‘na tāva bhagavā parinibbāyissati, na yāva bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharatī’’’ti.
165PTS 2.101緬 2.86已對照

“阿難,比丘僧還對我期待什麼呢?阿難,我所教說的法已不作內外之別;阿難,如來在諸法上沒有師拳(ācariyamuṭṭhi,秘而不傳的一握)。阿難,若有人這樣想:‘我要統領比丘僧’,或‘比丘僧以我為歸’,阿難,那樣的人才會就比丘僧說些什麼。阿難,如來卻不這樣想:‘我要統領比丘僧’,或‘比丘僧以我為歸’。阿難,如來又會就比丘僧說些什麼呢?阿難,我如今已經衰老、年邁、耄耋、歷程已過、達於壽限,我的年歲已行至八十。阿難,猶如破舊的車子要靠皮帶纏扎才能勉強行走,同樣地,阿難,我想如來的身體也是靠纏扎才能勉強行走。阿難,凡如來由於不作意一切相、由於某些受的滅,成就並住於無相心定(animitta cetosamādhi)之時,阿難,那時如來的身體才較為安適。所以,阿難,你們要以自己為洲(dīpa)而住,以自己為歸依,不以他者為歸依;以法為洲,以法為歸依,不以他者為歸依。阿難,比丘如何是以自己為洲而住、以自己為歸依、不以他者為歸依,以法為洲、以法為歸依、不以他者為歸依呢?阿難,在此,比丘於身隨觀身而住,熱勤、正知、具念,調伏世間的貪與憂;於諸受……乃至……於心……乃至……於諸法隨觀法而住,熱勤、正知、具念,調伏世間的貪與憂。阿難,這樣,比丘就是以自己為洲而住、以自己為歸依、不以他者為歸依,以法為洲、以法為歸依、不以他者為歸依。阿難,無論現在或我去世之後,凡能以自己為洲而住、以自己為歸依、不以他者為歸依,以法為洲、以法為歸依、不以他者為歸依的——阿難,凡樂於學的那些比丘,將是我[弟子中]最上的。” 第二誦分。

165. ‘‘Kiṃ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati [paccāsiṃsati (sī. syā.)]? Desito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā. Natthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi. Yassa nūna, ānanda, evamassa – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, na evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā. Sakiṃ [kiṃ (sī. pī.)], ānanda, tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharissati. Ahaṃ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. Āsītiko me vayo vattati. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṃ veṭhamissakena [veḷumissakena (syā.), veghamissakena (pī.), vedhamissakena, vekhamissakena (ka.)] yāpeti, evameva kho, ānanda, veṭhamissakena maññe tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṃ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti. Tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu…pe… citte…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo. Ye hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā’’ti.
Dutiyabhāṇavāro.
Nimittobhāsakathā
166PTS 2.102已對照

粗顯的相與明示 於是,世尊在上午穿好[下衣],取了缽與衣,進入毘舍離乞食。在毘舍離乞食之後,飯後從乞食處回來,對具壽阿難說:“阿難,取坐具來,我們前往遮波羅塔廟(Cāpāla cetiya)度日間。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難應諾世尊之後,取了坐具,緊緊跟隨在世尊身後。於是,世尊來到遮波羅塔廟;到了之後,坐在所敷設的座位上。具壽阿難也禮敬世尊之後,坐在一旁。

166. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṃ, yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ [pāvālaṃ (cetiyaṃ (syā.)] tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
167PTS 2.104緬 2.87已對照

世尊對坐在一旁的具壽阿難說:“阿難,毘舍離是可意的,優陀那塔廟(Udena cetiya)是可意的,瞿曇塔廟(Gotamaka cetiya)是可意的,七芒果塔廟(Sattamba cetiya)是可意的,多子塔廟(Bahuputta cetiya)是可意的,沙蘭達達塔廟(Sārandada cetiya)是可意的,遮波羅塔廟(Cāpāla cetiya)是可意的。阿難,無論何人,若四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤,他若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。阿難,如來的四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤,所以,阿難,如來若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。”世尊雖然這樣作出粗顯的相、作出粗顯的明示,具壽阿難卻未能通達,也沒有請求世尊:“尊者,願世尊住立一劫!願善逝住立一劫!為了眾人的利益,為了眾人的安樂,為了憐憫世間,為了天與人的義利、利益與安樂。”——因為他的心被魔所纏縛。 世尊第二次……乃至……第三次對具壽阿難說:“阿難,毘舍離是可意的,優陀那塔廟(Udena cetiya)是可意的,瞿曇塔廟(Gotamaka cetiya)是可意的,七芒果塔廟(Sattamba cetiya)是可意的,多子塔廟(Bahuputta cetiya)是可意的,沙蘭達達塔廟(Sārandada cetiya)是可意的,遮波羅塔廟(Cāpāla cetiya)是可意的。阿難,無論何人,若四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤,他若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。阿難,如來的四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤,所以,阿難,如來若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。”世尊雖然這樣作出粗顯的相、作出粗顯的明示,具壽阿難卻未能通達,也沒有請求世尊:“尊者,願世尊住立一劫!願善逝住立一劫!為了眾人的利益,為了眾人的安樂,為了憐憫世間,為了天與人的義利、利益與安樂。”——因為他的心被魔所纏縛。 於是,世尊對具壽阿難說:“阿難,你去吧,現在正是你認為適時的時候。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難應諾世尊之後,從座而起,禮敬世尊,右繞之後,坐在離[世尊]不遠的一棵樹下。

167. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ [sattambakaṃ (pī.)] cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno [ākaṅkhamāno (?)], ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.
Mārayācanakathā
168PTS 2.105緬 2.88已對照

魔[波旬]的勸請 於是,在具壽阿難離去不久,魔波旬(Māra Pāpimā)來到世尊之處;到了之後,站在一旁。站在一旁的魔波旬對世尊說:“尊者,現在請世尊般涅槃吧,請善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,現在正是世尊般涅槃的時候。 “尊者,世尊曾說過這樣的話:‘波旬,只要我的比丘弟子還沒有成為賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的、法隨法行的、正當行道的、隨法而行的,還沒有學得自己的師承之說而告知、教示、施設、建立、開顯、分別、令其明瞭,還沒有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導(pāṭihāriya)的法,我就不會般涅槃。’而如今,尊者,世尊的比丘弟子已經是賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的、法隨法行的、正當行道的、隨法而行的,已經學得自己的師承之說而告知、教示、施設、建立、開顯、分別、令其明瞭,已經能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導的法。尊者,現在請世尊般涅槃吧,請善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,現在正是世尊般涅槃的時候。 “尊者,世尊曾說過這樣的話:‘波旬,只要我的比丘尼弟子還沒有成為賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的、法隨法行的、正當行道的、隨法而行的,還沒有學得自己的師承之說而告知、教示、施設、建立、開顯、分別、令其明瞭,還沒有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導的法,我就不會般涅槃。’而如今,尊者,世尊的比丘尼弟子已經是賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的、法隨法行的、正當行道的、隨法而行的,已經學得自己的師承之說而告知、教示、施設、建立、開顯、分別、令其明瞭,已經能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導的法。尊者,現在請世尊般涅槃吧,請善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,現在正是世尊般涅槃的時候。 “尊者,世尊曾說過這樣的話:‘波旬,只要我的優婆塞弟子還沒有成為賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的、法隨法行的、正當行道的、隨法而行的,還沒有學得自己的師承之說而告知、教示、施設、建立、開顯、分別、令其明瞭,還沒有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導的法,我就不會般涅槃。’而如今,尊者,世尊的優婆塞弟子已經是賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的、法隨法行的、正當行道的、隨法而行的,已經學得自己的師承之說而告知、教示、施設、建立、開顯、分別、令其明瞭,已經能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導的法。尊者,現在請世尊般涅槃吧,請善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,現在正是世尊般涅槃的時候。 “尊者,世尊曾說過這樣的話:‘波旬,只要我的優婆夷弟子還沒有成為賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的、法隨法行的、正當行道的、隨法而行的,還沒有學得自己的師承之說而告知、教示、施設、建立、開顯、分別、令其明瞭,還沒有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導的法,我就不會般涅槃。’而如今,尊者,世尊的優婆夷弟子已經是賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的、法隨法行的、正當行道的、隨法而行的,已經學得自己的師承之說而告知、教示、施設、建立、開顯、分別、令其明瞭,已經能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導的法。尊者,現在請世尊般涅槃吧,請善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,現在正是世尊般涅槃的時候。 “尊者,世尊曾說過這樣的話:‘波旬,只要我這梵行還沒有興盛、繁榮、廣佈、為眾人所知、遍佈各處,乃至還沒有被天與人善加宣說,我就不會般涅槃。’而如今,尊者,世尊的梵行已經興盛、繁榮、廣佈、為眾人所知、遍佈各處,乃至已被天與人善加宣說。尊者,現在請世尊般涅槃吧,請善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,現在正是世尊般涅槃的時候。” 這樣說時,世尊對魔波旬說:“波旬,你且少事[勿勞]吧,如來的般涅槃不久就要到來;從此三個月之後,如來將般涅槃。”

168. Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānī [uttāniṃ (ka.), uttāni (sī. pī.)] karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhaṃ ceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhaṃ ceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’’ti.
Evaṃ vutte bhagavā māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti.
Āyusaṅkhāraossajjanaṃ
169PTS 2.107緬 2.90已對照

捨棄壽行 於是,世尊在遮波羅塔廟具念、正知地捨棄了壽行(āyusaṅkhāra)。世尊捨棄壽行時,發生了大地震,可怖、令人身毛豎立,天鼓也爆響。於是,世尊了知此義,在那時說出這段感興語: “有量與無量的生起[之業]——牟尼捨棄了[那]有行; 樂於內、得等持,破除了自身的生起,如同[破]鎧甲。”

169. Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossaji. Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso [lomahaṃso (syā.)], devadundubhiyo [devadudrabhiyo (ka.)] ca phaliṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
‘‘Tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;
Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhava’’nti.
Mahābhūmicālahetu
170已對照

大地震之因 於是,具壽阿難這樣想:“真是稀有啊!真是未曾有啊!這地震真大啊!這地震真是極大、可怖、令人身毛豎立啊!天鼓也爆響。究竟是什麼因、什麼緣,使大地震出現呢?”於是,具壽阿難來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具壽阿難對世尊說:“尊者,真是稀有!尊者,真是未曾有!尊者,這地震真大啊!尊者,這地震真是極大、可怖、令人身毛豎立啊!天鼓也爆響。尊者,究竟是什麼因、什麼緣,使大地震出現呢?”

170. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, mahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, mahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?
171PTS 2.108緬 2.91已對照

“阿難,有這八種因、八種緣,使大地震出現。哪八種呢?阿難,這大地立於水上,水立於風上,風住於虛空。阿難,會有那樣的時候:大風吹起。大風吹起時,令水動搖;水動搖了,令地動搖。這是使大地震出現的第一種因、第一種緣。 “再者,阿難,有沙門或婆羅門有神通、得心自在,或有大神力、威勢廣大的天神,他所修習的地想有限、水想無量,他便令這大地動搖、遍動搖、普動搖、震撼。這是使大地震出現的第二種因、第二種緣。 “再者,阿難,當菩薩從兜率天眾死沒、具念正知地入母胎時,這時大地便動搖、遍動搖、普動搖、震撼。這是使大地震出現的第三種因、第三種緣。 “再者,阿難,當菩薩具念正知地從母胎出生時,這時大地便動搖、遍動搖、普動搖、震撼。這是使大地震出現的第四種因、第四種緣。 “再者,阿難,當如來現正覺無上正等正覺時,這時大地便動搖、遍動搖、普動搖、震撼。這是使大地震出現的第五種因、第五種緣。 “再者,阿難,當如來轉無上法輪時,這時大地便動搖、遍動搖、普動搖、震撼。這是使大地震出現的第六種因、第六種緣。 “再者,阿難,當如來具念正知地捨棄壽行時,這時大地便動搖、遍動搖、普動搖、震撼。這是使大地震出現的第七種因、第七種緣。 “再者,阿難,當如來以無餘依涅槃界(anupādisesā nibbānadhātu)般涅槃時,這時大地便動搖、遍動搖、普動搖、震撼。這是使大地震出現的第八種因、第八種緣。阿難,這就是使大地震出現的八種因、八種緣。”

171. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? Ayaṃ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho. Hoti kho so, ānanda, samayo, yaṃ mahāvātā vāyanti. Mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṃ kampenti. Udakaṃ kampitaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devo vā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo, tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitakāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti.
Aṭṭha parisā
172PTS 2.110緬 2.92已對照

八眾 “阿難,有這八眾。哪八種呢?剎帝利眾、婆羅門眾、居士眾、沙門眾、四大王[天]眾、三十三天眾、魔眾、梵天眾。 “阿難,我自知曾走近數百個剎帝利眾。在那裡我也曾同坐過、曾交談過、曾參與過論議。在那裡,他們的容色是怎樣的,我的容色也是怎樣的;他們的聲音是怎樣的,我的聲音也是怎樣的。“我以法語開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜。當我說話時,他們並不知道:‘這說話的究竟是天還是人?’我以法語開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜之後便隱沒。當我隱沒時,他們也不知道:‘這隱沒的究竟是天還是人?’ “阿難,我自知曾走近數百個婆羅門眾……乃至……居士眾……沙門眾……四大王[天]眾……三十三天眾……魔眾……梵天眾。在那裡我也曾同坐過、曾交談過、曾參與過論議。在那裡,他們的容色是怎樣的,我的容色也是怎樣的;他們的聲音是怎樣的,我的聲音也是怎樣的。“我以法語開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜。當我說話時,他們並不知道:‘這說話的究竟是天還是人?’我以法語開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜之後便隱沒。當我隱沒時,他們也不知道:‘這隱沒的究竟是天還是人?’阿難,這就是八眾。

172. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho imā, ānanda, parisā. Katamā aṭṭha? Khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā [cātummahārājikaparisā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], tāvatiṃsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisaṃ…pe… gahapatiparisaṃ… samaṇaparisaṃ… cātumahārājikaparisaṃ… tāvatiṃsaparisaṃ… māraparisaṃ… brahmaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Imā kho, ānanda, aṭṭha parisā.
Aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni
173PTS 2.111緬 2.93已對照

八勝處 “阿難,有這八勝處。哪八種呢?內有色想者,見外部的諸色是有限的、有美色與醜色的。他有這樣的想:‘我勝過它們而知、而見。’這是第一勝處。 “內有色想者,見外部的諸色是無量的、有美色與醜色的。他有這樣的想:‘我勝過它們而知、而見。’這是第二勝處。 “內有無色想者,見外部的諸色是有限的、有美色與醜色的。他有這樣的想:‘我勝過它們而知、而見。’這是第三勝處。 “內有無色想者,見外部的諸色是無量的、有美色與醜色的。他有這樣的想:‘我勝過它們而知、而見。’這是第四勝處。 “內有無色想者,見外部的諸色是青的、青的容色、青的顯現、青的光耀。猶如亞麻花(umāpuppha)是青的、青的容色、青的顯現、青的光耀;又如波羅奈所產、兩面磨光的那種布是青的、青的容色、青的顯現、青的光耀。同樣地,內有無色想者,見外部的諸色是青的、青的容色、青的顯現、青的光耀。他有這樣的想:‘我勝過它們而知、而見。’這是第五勝處。 “內有無色想者,見外部的諸色是黃的、黃的容色、黃的顯現、黃的光耀。猶如迦尼迦羅花(kaṇikārapuppha)是黃的、黃的容色、黃的顯現、黃的光耀;又如波羅奈所產、兩面磨光的那種布是黃的、黃的容色、黃的顯現、黃的光耀。同樣地,內有無色想者,見外部的諸色是黃的、黃的容色、黃的顯現、黃的光耀。他有這樣的想:‘我勝過它們而知、而見。’這是第六勝處。 “內有無色想者,見外部的諸色是赤的、赤的容色、赤的顯現、赤的光耀。猶如朱槿花(bandhujīvakapuppha)是赤的、赤的容色、赤的顯現、赤的光耀;又如波羅奈所產、兩面磨光的那種布是赤的、赤的容色、赤的顯現、赤的光耀。同樣地,內有無色想者,見外部的諸色是赤的、赤的容色、赤的顯現、赤的光耀。他有這樣的想:‘我勝過它們而知、而見。’這是第七勝處。 “內有無色想者,見外部的諸色是白的、白的容色、白的顯現、白的光耀。猶如太白星(osadhitārakā)是白的、白的容色、白的顯現、白的光耀;又如波羅奈所產、兩面磨光的那種布是白的、白的容色、白的顯現、白的光耀。同樣地,內有無色想者,見外部的諸色是白的、白的容色、白的顯現、白的光耀。他有這樣的想:‘我勝過它們而知、而見。’這是第八勝處。阿難,這就是八勝處。

173. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho imāni, ānanda, abhibhāyatanāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ odātaṃ odātavaṇṇaṃ odātanidassanaṃ odātanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ. Imāni kho, ānanda, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.
Aṭṭha vimokkhā
174PTS 2.112已對照

八解脫 “阿難,有這八解脫。哪八種呢?有色者見諸色——這是第一解脫。內無色想者見外諸色——這是第二解脫。唯勝解為‘淨’——這是第三解脫。完全超越色想,有對想滅沒,不作意種種想,[知]‘虛空是無邊的’,成就並住於空無邊處——這是第四解脫。完全超越空無邊處,[知]‘識是無邊的’,成就並住於識無邊處——這是第五解脫。完全超越識無邊處,[知]‘什麼都沒有’,成就並住於無所有處——這是第六解脫。完全超越無所有處,成就並住於非想非非想處——這是第七解脫。完全超越非想非非想處,成就並住於想受滅——這是第八解脫。阿難,這就是八解脫。

174. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, vimokkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati, ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokkho. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho. Subhanteva adhimutto hoti, ayaṃ tatiyo vimokkho. Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ catuttho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho. Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha vimokkhā.
175已對照

“阿難,有一次我住在優樓頻螺(Uruvelā)尼連禪河(Nerañjarā)岸邊的牧羊人尼拘陀樹(ajapālanigrodha)下,初現正覺不久。阿難,那時魔波旬來到我這裡;到了之後,站在一旁。阿難,站在一旁的魔波旬對我說:‘尊者,現在請世尊般涅槃吧,請善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,現在正是世尊般涅槃的時候。’阿難,這樣說時,我對魔波旬說:

175. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ uruvelāyaṃ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti. Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ –
PTS 2.113緬 2.95已對照

“‘波旬,只要我的比丘弟子還沒有成為賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的、法隨法行的、正當行道的、隨法而行的,還沒有學得自己的師承之說而告知、教示、施設、建立、開顯、分別、令其明瞭,還沒有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導(pāṭihāriya)的法,我就不會般涅槃。

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
已對照

“‘波旬,只要我的比丘尼弟子還沒有成為賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的、法隨法行的、正當行道的、隨法而行的,還沒有學得自己的師承之說而告知、教示、施設、建立、開顯、分別、令其明瞭,還沒有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導的法,我就不會般涅槃。

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
已對照

“‘波旬,只要我的優婆塞弟子還沒有成為賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的、法隨法行的、正當行道的、隨法而行的,還沒有學得自己的師承之說而告知、教示、施設、建立、開顯、分別、令其明瞭,還沒有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導的法,我就不會般涅槃。

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
已對照

“‘波旬,只要我的優婆夷弟子還沒有成為賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的、法隨法行的、正當行道的、隨法而行的,還沒有學得自己的師承之說而告知、教示、施設、建立、開顯、分別、令其明瞭,還沒有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導的法,我就不會般涅槃。

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
已對照

“‘波旬,只要我這梵行還沒有興盛、繁榮、廣佈、為眾人所知、遍佈各處,乃至還沒有被天與人善加宣說,我就不會般涅槃。’

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti.
176PTS 2.114緬 2.96已對照

“阿難,就在今天,就在此刻,在遮波羅塔廟,魔波旬來到我這裡;到了之後,站在一旁。阿難,站在一旁的魔波旬對我說:‘尊者,現在請世尊般涅槃吧,請善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,現在正是世尊般涅槃的時候。尊者,世尊曾說過這樣的話:“波旬,只要我的比丘弟子還沒有成為……乃至……只要我的比丘尼弟子還沒有成為……乃至……只要我的優婆塞弟子還沒有成為……乃至……只要我的優婆夷弟子還沒有成為……乃至……只要我這梵行還沒有興盛、繁榮、廣佈、為眾人所知、遍佈各處,乃至還沒有被天與人善加宣說[,我就不會般涅槃]。”而如今,尊者,世尊的梵行已經興盛、繁榮、廣佈、為眾人所知、遍佈各處,乃至已被天與人善加宣說。尊者,現在請世尊般涅槃吧,請善逝般涅槃吧;尊者,現在正是世尊般涅槃的時候。’

176. ‘‘Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.
177已對照

“阿難,這樣說時,我對魔波旬說:‘波旬,你且少事[勿勞]吧,如來的般涅槃不久就要到來;從此三個月之後,如來將般涅槃。’阿難,就在今天,就在此刻,在遮波羅塔廟,如來已具念、正知地捨棄了壽行。”

177. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye tathāgatena satena sampajānena āyusaṅkhāro ossaṭṭho’’ti.
Ānandayācanakathā
178PTS 2.115緬 2.97已對照

阿難的請求 這樣說時,具壽阿難對世尊說:“尊者,願世尊住立一劫!願善逝住立一劫!為了眾人的利益,為了眾人的安樂,為了憐憫世間,為了天與人的義利、利益與安樂。”“阿難,夠了!不要請求如來,阿難,現在已不是請求如來的時候了。”具壽阿難第二次……乃至……具壽阿難第三次對世尊說:“尊者,願世尊住立一劫!願善逝住立一劫!為了眾人的利益,為了眾人的安樂,為了憐憫世間,為了天與人的義利、利益與安樂。” “阿難,你相信如來的覺悟嗎?”“是的,尊者。”“那麼,阿難,你為何還要第三次逼迫如來呢?”“尊者,這是我當面從世尊聽聞、當面領受的:‘阿難,無論何人,若四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤,他若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。阿難,如來的四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤;所以,阿難,如來若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。’”“阿難,你相信[這話]嗎?”“是的,尊者。”“所以,阿難,這是你的惡作,這是你的過失——如來這樣作出粗顯的相、作出粗顯的明示,你卻未能通達,沒有請求如來:‘尊者,願世尊住立一劫!願善逝住立一劫!為了眾人的利益,為了眾人的安樂,為了憐憫世間,為了天與人的義利、利益與安樂。’阿難,假如你請求如來,如來會拒絕你兩次,第三次才會接受。所以,阿難,這是你的惡作,這是你的過失。

178. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
‘‘Alaṃdāni, ānanda. Mā tathāgataṃ yāci, akālodāni, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yācanāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa bodhi’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Atha kiñcarahi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ abhinippīḷesī’’ti? ‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’’ti. ‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānandā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ tathāgatena evaṃ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
179PTS 2.116已對照

“阿難,有一次我住在王舍城的靈鷲山。阿難,我在那裡也曾對你說:‘阿難,王舍城是可意的;阿難,靈鷲山是可意的。阿難,無論何人,若四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤,他若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。阿難,如來的四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤,所以,阿難,如來若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。’阿難,縱使如來這樣作出粗顯的相、作出粗顯的明示,你也未能通達,沒有請求如來:‘尊者,願世尊住立一劫!願善逝住立一劫!為了眾人的利益,為了眾人的安樂,為了憐憫世間,為了天與人的義利、利益與安樂。’阿難,假如你請求如來,如來會拒絕你兩次,第三次才會接受。所以,阿難,這是你的惡作,這是你的過失。

179. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
180PTS 2.117緬 2.98已對照

“阿難,有一次我就住在王舍城的喬達摩尼拘陀樹(Gotamanigrodha)……乃至……就住在王舍城的盜賊崖(Corapapāta)……就住在王舍城韋跋拉山(Vebhāra)側的七葉窟(Sattapaṇṇiguhā)……就住在王舍城仙人山(Isigili)側的黑石(Kāḷasilā)……就住在王舍城寒林(Sītavana)的蛇頭巖(Sappasoṇḍikapabbhāra)……就住在王舍城的溫泉園(Tapodārāma)……就住在王舍城竹林(Veḷuvana)的松鼠飼食處(Kalandakanivāpa,古譯「迦蘭陀園」)……就住在王舍城的耆婆芒果林(Jīvakambavana)……就住在王舍城馬達古奇(Maddakucchi)的鹿野苑(Migadāya)。阿難,我在那裡也曾對你說:‘阿難,王舍城是可意的,靈鷲山是可意的,喬達摩尼拘陀樹是可意的,盜賊崖是可意的,韋跋拉山側的七葉窟是可意的,仙人山側的黑石是可意的,寒林的蛇頭巖是可意的,溫泉園是可意的,竹林的松鼠飼食處是可意的,耆婆芒果林是可意的,馬達古奇的鹿野苑是可意的。阿難,無論何人,若四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤……乃至……阿難,如來若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。’阿難,縱使如來這樣作出粗顯的相、作出粗顯的明示,你也未能通達,沒有請求如來:‘尊者,願世尊住立一劫!願善逝住立一劫!為了眾人的利益,為了眾人的安樂,為了憐憫世間,為了天與人的義利、利益與安樂。’阿難,假如你請求如來,如來會拒絕你兩次,第三次才會接受。所以,阿難,這是你的惡作,這是你的過失。

180. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe…pe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi corapapāte… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi tapodārāme… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi jīvakambavane… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi maddakucchismiṃ migadāye tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro, ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṃ jīvakambavanaṃ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṃ migadāyo. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā…pe… ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
181已對照

“阿難,有一次我住在這毘舍離的優陀那塔廟。阿難,我在那裡也曾對你說:‘阿難,毘舍離是可意的,優陀那塔廟是可意的。阿難,無論何人,若四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤,他若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。阿難,如來的四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤,所以,阿難,如來若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。’阿難,縱使如來這樣作出粗顯的相、作出粗顯的明示,你也未能通達,沒有請求如來:‘尊者,願世尊住立一劫!願善逝住立一劫!為了眾人的利益,為了眾人的安樂,為了憐憫世間,為了天與人的義利、利益與安樂。’阿難,假如你請求如來,如來會拒絕你兩次,第三次才會接受。所以,阿難,這是你的惡作,這是你的過失。

181. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi udene cetiye. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya, tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
182PTS 2.118緬 2.99已對照

“阿難,有一次我就住在這毘舍離的瞿曇塔廟……乃至……就住在這毘舍離的七芒果塔廟……就住在這毘舍離的多子塔廟……就住在這毘舍離的沙蘭達達塔廟……阿難,就在今天,我在遮波羅塔廟曾對你說:‘阿難,毘舍離是可意的,優陀那塔廟是可意的,瞿曇塔廟是可意的,七芒果塔廟是可意的,多子塔廟是可意的,沙蘭達達塔廟是可意的,遮波羅塔廟是可意的。阿難,無論何人,若四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤,他若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。阿難,如來的四神足已修習、已多作、已作車乘、已作基地、已確立、已積習、已善精勤,所以,阿難,如來若願意,能住立一劫,或[一]劫的剩餘。’阿難,縱使如來這樣作出粗顯的相、作出粗顯的明示,你也未能通達,沒有請求如來:‘願世尊住立一劫!願善逝住立一劫!為了眾人的利益,為了眾人的安樂,為了憐憫世間,為了天與人的義利、利益與安樂。’阿難,假如你請求如來,如來會拒絕你兩次,第三次才會接受。所以,阿難,這是你的惡作,這是你的過失。

182. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi gotamake cetiye …pe… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sattambe cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi bahuputte cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye… idāneva kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
183PTS 2.119緬 2.100已對照

“阿難,我不是早已對你說過嗎:‘與一切可愛、可意的[人事],[終有]別異、別離、變異。阿難,於此如何能得——凡已生、已成、有為、壞滅之法,[要它]“不要壞滅”,這是不可能的。’阿難,如來所已棄捨、已嘔吐、已解脫、已斷除、已舍遣的壽行,[如來]已一向地說出了這句話:‘如來的般涅槃不久就要到來;從此三個月之後,如來將般涅槃。’而如來為了活命再把那句話吞回去,這是不可能的。來吧,阿難,我們前往大林(Mahāvana)重閣講堂(Kūṭāgārasālā)。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。

183. ‘‘Nanu etaṃ [evaṃ (syā. pī.)], ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva [paṭigacceva (sī. pī.)] akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo. Taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā, yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. Yaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ ossaṭṭho āyusaṅkhāro, ekaṃsena vācā bhāsitā – ‘na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Tañca [taṃ vacanaṃ (sī.)] tathāgato jīvitahetu puna paccāvamissatīti [paccāgamissatīti (syā. ka.)] netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Āyāmānanda, yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
已對照

於是,世尊與具壽阿難一同來到大林重閣講堂;到了之後,對具壽阿難說:“阿難,你去把凡是依止毘舍離而住的比丘全都召集到集會堂來。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難應諾世尊之後,把凡是依止毘舍離而住的比丘全都召集到集會堂,然後來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,站在一旁。站在一旁的具壽阿難對世尊說:“尊者,比丘僧已經集合。尊者,現在正是世尊認為適時的時候。”

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.
184PTS 2.120已對照

於是,世尊來到集會堂;到了之後,坐在所敷設的座位上。坐下後,世尊對比丘們說:“所以,諸比丘,凡是我以證智所教說的諸法,你們應當善加受持、親習、修習、多作,好讓這梵行長久、久住——那將是為了眾人的利益,為了眾人的安樂,為了憐憫世間,為了天與人的義利、利益與安樂。諸比丘,什麼是我以證智所教說、你們應當善加受持、親習、修習、多作,好讓這梵行長久、久住——那將是為了眾人的利益,為了眾人的安樂,為了憐憫世間,為了天與人的義利、利益與安樂的諸法呢?就是:四念處、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七覺支、八支聖道。諸比丘,這些就是我以證智所教說、你們應當善加受持、親習、修習、多作,好讓這梵行長久、久住——那將是為了眾人的利益,為了眾人的安樂,為了憐憫世間,為了天與人的義利、利益與安樂的諸法。”

184. Atha kho bhagavā yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ye te mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame ca te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime kho te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
185PTS 2.121緬 2.101已對照

於是,世尊對比丘們說:“那麼,諸比丘,我現在告訴你們:諸行是壞滅法,當以不放逸成就。如來的般涅槃不久就要到來;從此三個月之後,如來將般涅槃。”世尊說了這[番話]。善逝說了這[番話]之後,導師又接著這樣說: “我的年歲已成熟,我的壽命短促; 舍你們而去,我已作了自己的歸依。 “諸比丘,你們要不放逸、具念、善持戒; 思惟善得等持,守護自己的心。 “凡於此法與律中不放逸而住者, 舍離生死輪迴,將作苦的邊際。” 第三誦分。

185. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handadāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha. Naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā [ito paraṃ syāmapotthake evaṃpi pāṭho dissati –§daharāpi ca ye vuddhā, ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā.§aḍḍhāceva daliddā ca, sabbe maccuparāyanā.§yathāpi kumbhakārassa, kataṃ mattikabhājanaṃ.§khuddakañca mahantañca, yañca pakkaṃ yañca āmakaṃ.§sabbaṃ bhedapariyantaṃ, evaṃ maccāna jīvitaṃ.§athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā]. –
‘‘Paripakko vayo mayhaṃ, parittaṃ mama jīvitaṃ;
Pahāya vo gamissāmi, kataṃ me saraṇamattano.
‘‘Appamattā satīmanto, susīlā hotha bhikkhavo;
Susamāhitasaṅkappā, sacittamanurakkhatha.
‘‘Yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye, appamatto vihassati;
Pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ, dukkhassantaṃ karissatī’’ti [viharissati (syā.), vihessati (sī.)].
Tatiyo bhāṇavāro.
Nāgāpalokitaṃ
186PTS 2.122緬 2.102已對照

象顧 於是,世尊在上午穿好[下衣],取了缽與衣,進入毘舍離乞食。在毘舍離乞食之後,飯後從乞食處回來,以象顧(nāgāpalokita)回望毘舍離,然後對具壽阿難說:“阿難,這將是如來最後一次見毘舍離了。來吧,阿難,我們前往班達村(Bhaṇḍagāma)。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。於是,世尊與大比丘僧一同來到班達村。世尊就住在班達村。世尊在那裡對比丘們說: “諸比丘,由於不隨覺、不通達四法,我與你們才這樣長時地奔馳、流轉。哪四種呢?諸比丘,由於不隨覺、不通達聖戒,我與你們才這樣長時地奔馳、流轉;諸比丘,由於不隨覺、不通達聖定,我與你們才這樣長時地奔馳、流轉;諸比丘,由於不隨覺、不通達聖慧,我與你們才這樣長時地奔馳、流轉;諸比丘,由於不隨覺、不通達聖解脫,我與你們才這樣長時地奔馳、流轉。諸比丘,如今這聖戒已被隨覺、已被通達,聖定已被隨覺、已被通達,聖慧已被隨覺、已被通達,聖解脫已被隨覺、已被通達;有的渴愛已被根絕,[導向再]有之索已盡,如今不再有後有了。”世尊說了這[番話]。善逝說了這[番話]之後,導師又接著這樣說: “戒、定與慧,以及無上的解脫—— 這些法已被有名聲的喬達摩所隨覺。 “如是,佛陀以證智為諸比丘宣說了法; 作苦之邊際者、導師、具眼者,已般涅槃。” 世尊住在班達村時,也多以這樣的法語對比丘們說:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍燻修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍燻修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍燻修的心正從諸漏解脫,即:欲漏、有漏、無明漏。”

186. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṃ vesāliṃ apaloketvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘idaṃ pacchimakaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa vesāliyā dassanaṃ bhavissati. Āyāmānanda, yena bhaṇḍagāmo [bhaṇḍugāmo (ka.)] tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhaṇḍagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Ariyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyaṃ sīlaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
‘‘Sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca, vimutti ca anuttarā;
Anubuddhā ime dhammā, gotamena yasassinā.
‘‘Iti buddho abhiññāya, dhammamakkhāsi bhikkhunaṃ;
Dukkhassantakaro satthā, cakkhumā parinibbuto’’ti.
Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
Catumahāpadesakathā
187PTS 2.124緬 2.103已對照

四大教法 於是,世尊在班達村隨意住了[一段時間]之後,對具壽阿難說:“來吧,阿難,我們前往哈提村(Hatthigāma)、庵婆村(Ambagāma)、閻浮村(Jambugāma)、財富城(Bhoganagara)。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。於是,世尊與大比丘僧一同來到財富城。世尊就住在財富城的阿難塔廟(Ānanda cetiya)。世尊在那裡對比丘們說:“諸比丘,我要為你們講說這四大教法(mahāpadesa),你們要諦聽,好好作意,我要說了。”“是的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊這樣說:

187. Atha kho bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hatthigāmo, yena ambagāmo, yena jambugāmo, yena bhoganagaraṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhoganagaraṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānande [sānandare (ka.)] cetiye. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, mahāpadese desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
188PTS 2.125緬 2.104已對照

“諸比丘,在此,有比丘可能這樣說:‘賢友,這是我當面從世尊聽聞、當面領受的:這是法,這是律,這是導師之教。’諸比丘,對那位比丘所說,既不應歡喜,也不應呵斥。不歡喜、不呵斥之後,應當把那些文句善加受持,於經中核對,於律中對照。那些[文句]若在經中核對、在律中對照時,既不能與經相合,也不能與律相符,便應在此得出結論:‘這確實不是那位世尊之語,是這位比丘錯誤受持的。’諸比丘,這樣,你們就該捨棄它。那些[文句]若在經中核對、在律中對照時,既與經相合,也與律相符,便應在此得出結論:‘這確實是那位世尊之語,是這位比丘正確受持的。’諸比丘,你們應當受持這第一大教法。 “諸比丘,在此,有比丘可能這樣說:‘在某某住處住著有上座、有首領的僧團。這是我當面從那僧團聽聞、當面領受的:這是法,這是律,這是導師之教。’諸比丘,對那位比丘所說,既不應歡喜,也不應呵斥。不歡喜、不呵斥之後,應當把那些文句善加受持,於經中核對,於律中對照。那些[文句]若在經中核對、在律中對照時,既不能與經相合,也不能與律相符,便應在此得出結論:‘這確實不是那位世尊之語,是這位僧團錯誤受持的。’諸比丘,這樣,你們就該捨棄它。那些[文句]若在經中核對、在律中對照時,既與經相合,也與律相符,便應在此得出結論:‘這確實是那位世尊之語,是這位僧團正確受持的。’諸比丘,你們應當受持這第二大教法。 “諸比丘,在此,有比丘可能這樣說:‘在某某住處住著眾多長老比丘,是多聞者、通曉阿含者、持法者、持律者、持論母者。這是我當面從那些長老聽聞、當面領受的:這是法,這是律,這是導師之教。’諸比丘,對那位比丘所說,既不應歡喜,也不應呵斥。不歡喜、不呵斥之後,應當把那些文句善加受持,於經中核對,於律中對照。……乃至……也不能與律相符,便應在此得出結論:‘這確實不是那位世尊之語,是那些長老錯誤受持的。’諸比丘,這樣,你們就該捨棄它。那些[文句]若在經中核對……乃至……也與律相符,便應在此得出結論:‘這確實是那位世尊之語,是那些長老正確受持的。’諸比丘,你們應當受持這第三大教法。 “諸比丘,在此,有比丘可能這樣說:‘在某某住處住著一位長老比丘,是多聞者、通曉阿含者、持法者、持律者、持論母者。這是我當面從那位長老聽聞、當面領受的:這是法,這是律,這是導師之教。’諸比丘,對那位比丘所說,既不應歡喜,也不應呵斥。不歡喜、不呵斥之後,應當把那些文句善加受持,於經中核對,於律中對照。那些[文句]若在經中核對、在律中對照時,既不能與經相合,也不能與律相符,便應在此得出結論:‘這確實不是那位世尊之語,是這位那位長老錯誤受持的。’諸比丘,這樣,你們就該捨棄它。那些[文句]若在經中核對、在律中對照時,既與經相合,也與律相符,便應在此得出結論:‘這確實是那位世尊之語,是這位那位長老正確受持的。’諸比丘,你們應當受持這第四大教法。 “諸比丘,你們應當受持這四大教法。” 世尊住在財富城阿難塔廟時,也多以這樣的法語對比丘們說:“此是戒,此是定,此是慧。以戒遍燻修的定有大果、大功德;以定遍燻修的慧有大果、大功德;以慧遍燻修的心正從諸漏解脫,即:欲漏、有漏、無明漏。”

188. ‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni [otāretabbāni], vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni [otāriyamānāni] vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti [otaranti (sī. pī. a. ni. 4.180], na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. Tassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā. Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ…pe… na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni…pe… vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāritabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ca sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadese dhāreyyāthā’’ti.
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharanto ānande cetiye etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
Kammāraputtacundavatthu
189PTS 2.127已對照

鐵匠之子純陀之事

於是,世尊在財富城隨意住了[一段時間]之後,對具壽阿難說:“來吧,阿難,我們前往波婆(Pāvā)。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。於是,世尊與大比丘僧一同來到波婆。世尊就住在波婆鐵匠之子純陀(Cunda kammāraputta)的芒果林。鐵匠之子純陀聽說:“據說世尊已經到達波婆,住在波婆我的芒果林中。”於是,鐵匠之子純陀來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊以法語對坐在一旁的鐵匠之子純陀開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜。於是,受世尊以法語開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜的鐵匠之子純陀對世尊說:“尊者,願世尊與比丘僧一同接受我明日的飯食。”世尊以默然表示接受。於是,鐵匠之子純陀知道世尊已經接受,便從座而起,禮敬世尊,右繞之後離去。

189. Atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāvā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāvā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāvaṃ anuppatto, pāvāyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
緬 2.106已對照

於是,鐵匠之子純陀在那一夜過後,在自己的住處備辦了精美的嚼食與啖食,以及大量的柔軟豬肉(sūkaramaddava),然後派人向世尊稟告時間:“尊者,時間到了,飯食已經備妥。”於是,世尊在上午穿好[下衣],取了缽與衣,與比丘僧一同來到鐵匠之子純陀的住處;到了之後,坐在所敷設的座位上。坐下後,世尊對鐵匠之子純陀說:“純陀,你所備辦的柔軟豬肉,用它供奉我;其餘所備辦的嚼食與啖食,用它供奉比丘僧。”“是的,尊者。”鐵匠之子純陀應諾世尊之後,就把所備辦的柔軟豬肉供奉世尊,把其餘所備辦的嚼食與啖食供奉比丘僧。於是,世尊對鐵匠之子純陀說:“純陀,你剩下的柔軟豬肉,把它埋進坑裡。純陀,在這有諸天、魔、梵天的世間,以及有沙門、婆羅門、天與人的人眾之中,我看不到除如來之外還有誰食用了它能正常消化的。”“是的,尊者。”鐵匠之子純陀應諾世尊之後,把剩下的柔軟豬肉埋進坑裡,然後來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊以法語對坐在一旁的鐵匠之子純陀開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜之後,從座而起,離去了。

Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṃ bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena maṃ parivisa. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhagavantaṃ parivisi. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisi. Atha kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi. Nāhaṃ taṃ, cunda, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yassa taṃ paribhuttaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
190PTS 2.128已對照

於是,在世尊食用了鐵匠之子純陀的飯食之後,生起了劇烈的病:下血痢,轉起了極猛烈的、瀕死的諸受。世尊具念、正知地忍受,不為所惱。於是,世尊對具壽阿難說:“來吧,阿難,我們前往拘屍那羅(Kusinārā)。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。 “食用了鐵匠純陀的飯食——我聽說是這樣—— 堅固者觸受了極猛烈的、瀕死的病。 “由於食用了柔軟豬肉, 導師生起了極猛烈的病; 世尊一邊瀉下,一邊說: ‘我要去拘屍那羅城。’”

190. Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṃ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena kusinārā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
Cundassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā, kammārassāti me sutaṃ;
Ābādhaṃ samphusī dhīro, pabāḷhaṃ māraṇantikaṃ.
Bhuttassa ca sūkaramaddavena,
Byādhippabāḷho udapādi satthuno;
Virecamāno [viriccamāno (sī. syā. ka.), viriñcamāno (?)] bhagavā avoca,
Gacchāmahaṃ kusināraṃ nagaranti.
Pānīyāharaṇaṃ
191PTS 2.129緬 2.107已對照

飲水 於是,世尊從道路上走下,來到一棵樹下;到了之後,對具壽阿難說:“來,阿難,你把僧伽梨疊成四層給我敷設,阿難,我疲倦了,我要坐下。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難應諾世尊之後,把僧伽梨疊成四層敷設好。世尊就坐在所敷設的座位上。坐下後,世尊對具壽阿難說:“來,阿難,你給我取水來,阿難,我口渴了,我要喝水。”這樣說時,具壽阿難對世尊說:“尊者,剛才有約五百輛車經過,那被車輪碾過的水量少、混濁、汙濁地流著。尊者,這迦俱陀河(Kakudhā)就在不遠處,水清、水甘、水涼、水潔,有好渡口,可意。世尊可以在那裡喝水,也可以清涼身體。” 世尊第二次對具壽阿難說:“來,阿難,你給我取水來,阿難,我口渴了,我要喝水。”具壽阿難第二次對世尊說:“尊者,剛才有約五百輛車經過,那被車輪碾過的水量少、混濁、汙濁地流著。尊者,這迦俱陀河(Kakudhā)就在不遠處,水清、水甘、水涼、水潔,有好渡口,可意。世尊可以在那裡喝水,也可以清涼身體。” 世尊第三次對具壽阿難說:“來,阿難,你給我取水來,阿難,我口渴了,我要喝水。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難應諾世尊之後,取了缽,來到那條小河邊。於是,那條被車輪碾過、水量少、混濁、汙濁地流著的小河,在具壽阿難走近時,竟清澈、澄淨、不濁地流著。於是,具壽阿難這樣想:“真是稀有啊!真是未曾有啊!如來的大神力、威勢廣大!這條被車輪碾過、水量少、混濁、汙濁地流著的小河,在我走近時,竟清澈、澄淨、不濁地流著。”他用缽取了水,來到世尊之處;到了之後,對世尊說:“尊者,真是稀有!尊者,真是未曾有!如來的大神力、威勢廣大!尊者,剛才那條被車輪碾過、水量少、混濁、汙濁地流著的小河,在我走近時,竟清澈、澄淨、不濁地流著。願世尊喝水,願善逝喝水。”於是,世尊喝了水。

191. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nisīdissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā [kakuthā (sī. pī.)] nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā [setakā (sī.)] suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītī [sītaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] karissatī’’ti.
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītīkarissatī’’ti.
Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṃ gahetvā yena sā nadikā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha [sandati (syā.)]. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Ayañhi sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatī’’ti. Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Idāni sā bhante nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. Pivatu bhagavā pānīyaṃ pivatu sugato pānīya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pānīyaṃ apāyi.
Pukkusamallaputtavatthu
192PTS 2.131緬 2.108已對照

布古沙末羅子 當時,阿羅邏·迦羅摩(Āḷāra Kālāma)的弟子布古沙末羅子(Pukkusa Mallaputta)正走在從拘屍那羅(Kusinārā)到波婆的大道上。布古沙末羅子看見世尊坐在一棵樹下。看見之後,便來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的布古沙末羅子對世尊說:“尊者,真是稀有!尊者,真是未曾有!尊者,出家者們所住的實在是寂靜之住啊。尊者,從前阿羅邏·迦羅摩走在大道上,從道路走下,在不遠處一棵樹下坐著度日間。尊者,那時約有五百輛車緊挨著、緊挨著阿羅邏·迦羅摩經過。尊者,那時有一個人跟在那車隊後面走來,來到阿羅邏·迦羅摩之處;到了之後,對阿羅邏·迦羅摩說:‘尊者,您可看見約五百輛車經過嗎?’‘賢友,我沒有看見。’‘那麼,尊者,您聽見聲音了嗎?’‘賢友,我沒有聽見聲音。’‘那麼,尊者,您睡著了嗎?’‘賢友,我沒有睡著。’‘那麼,尊者,您是有想的嗎?’‘是的,賢友。’‘尊者,您既是有想而醒著的,約五百輛車緊挨著、緊挨著經過,您卻既沒看見,也沒聽見聲音——尊者,您的僧伽梨上竟還落滿了塵土啊?’‘是的,賢友。’尊者,那時那個人這樣想:‘真是稀有啊!真是未曾有啊!出家者們所住的實在是寂靜之住啊——竟然有想而醒著,約五百輛車緊挨著、緊挨著經過,卻既看不見,也聽不見聲音!’他對阿羅邏·迦羅摩表白了廣大的淨信之後,便離去了。”

192. Tena rokho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, santena vata, bhante, pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhante, āḷāro kālāmo addhānamaggappaṭippanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Atha kho, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ nissāya nissāya atikkamiṃsu. Atha kho, bhante, aññataro puriso tassa sakaṭasatthassa [sakaṭasatassa (ka.)] piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchanto yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavoca – ‘api, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosi; apisu [api hi (sī. syā. pī.)] te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. Atha kho, bhante, tassa purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti! Āḷāre kālāme uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā pakkāmī’’ti.
193緬 2.109已對照

“布古沙,你怎麼想?哪一樣更難作、更難成就呢——是有想而醒著,約五百輛車緊挨著、緊挨著經過,卻既看不見也聽不見聲音;還是有想而醒著,在天降雨、天雷鳴、閃電頻發、霹靂交作之時,卻既看不見也聽不見聲音呢?”“尊者,五百輛車、六百輛車、七百輛車、八百輛車、九百輛車,乃至一千輛車、十萬輛車,又算得了什麼呢!那更難作、更難成就的,正是有想而醒著,在天降雨、天雷鳴、閃電頻發、霹靂交作之時,卻既看不見也聽不見聲音。”

193. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, pukkusa, katamaṃ nu kho dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā – yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyya; yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu [vijjutāsu (sī. syā. pī.)] niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni [nava vā sakaṭasatāni dasa vā sakaṭasatāni (sī.)], sakaṭasahassaṃ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṃ vā. Atha kho etadeva dukkarataraṃ ceva durabhisambhavatarañca yo saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti.
PTS 2.132緬 2.110已對照

“布古沙,有一次我住在阿圖摩(Ātumā)的穀倉(bhusāgāra)裡。那時天降雨、天雷鳴、閃電頻發、霹靂交作,在離穀倉不遠處,有兩個務農的兄弟和四頭耕牛被擊斃。布古沙,那時阿圖摩的一大群人出來,走到那兩個被擊斃的務農兄弟和四頭耕牛那裡。布古沙,那時我從穀倉出來,在穀倉門前的露地經行。布古沙,那時那一大群人中有一個人來到我這裡;到了之後,禮敬我,站在一旁。布古沙,我對站在一旁的那個人說:‘賢友,這一大群人為什麼聚集在這裡呢?’‘尊者,剛才天降雨、天雷鳴、閃電頻發、霹靂交作,有兩個務農的兄弟和四頭耕牛被擊斃。這一大群人就是為此聚集在這裡的。尊者,那麼您當時在哪裡呢?’‘賢友,我就在這裡。’‘那麼,尊者,您看見了嗎?’‘賢友,我沒有看見。’‘那麼,尊者,您聽見聲音了嗎?’‘賢友,我沒有聽見聲音。’‘那麼,尊者,您睡著了嗎?’‘賢友,我沒有睡著。’‘那麼,尊者,您是有想的嗎?’‘是的,賢友。’‘尊者,您既是有想而醒著的,在天降雨、天雷鳴、閃電頻發、霹靂交作之時,卻既沒看見,也沒聽見聲音嗎?’‘是的,賢友。’

‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayaṃ ātumāyaṃ viharāmi bhusāgāre. Tena kho pana samayena deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā avidūre bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā [balibaddā (sī. pī.)]. Atha kho, pukkusa, ātumāya mahājanakāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho panāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayena bhusāgārā nikkhamitvā bhusāgāradvāre abbhokāse caṅkamāmi. Atha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho ahaṃ, pukkusa, taṃ purisaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kiṃ nu kho eso, āvuso, mahājanakāyo sannipatito’ti? ‘Idāni, bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā. Ettheso mahājanakāyo sannipatito. Tvaṃ pana, bhante, kva ahosī’ti? ‘Idheva kho ahaṃ, āvuso, ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti?
已對照

“布古沙,那時那個人這樣想:‘真是稀有啊!真是未曾有啊!出家者們所住的實在是寂靜之住啊——竟然有想而醒著,在天降雨、天雷鳴、閃電頻發、霹靂交作之時,卻既看不見,也聽不見聲音!’他對我表白了廣大的淨信之後,禮敬我,右繞之後便離去了。”

‘‘Atha kho, pukkusa, purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti [suṇissati (syā.)]. Mayi uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmī’’ti.
PTS 2.133已對照

這樣說時,布古沙末羅子對世尊說:“尊者,我把對阿羅邏·迦羅摩的那份淨信,就此在大風中揚去,或在急流的河中沖走。奇哉!尊者,奇哉!尊者。尊者,猶如把倒覆的扶起,把遮蔽的揭開,為迷路者指示道路,在黑暗中持來油燈,使有眼者得見諸色。正是如此,世尊以種種方式開顯了法。尊者,我皈依(saraṇa)世尊、法(dhamma)與比丘僧團(bhikkhusaṅgha)。願世尊憶持我為優婆塞,從今日起,終生皈依。”

Evaṃ vutte pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘esāhaṃ, bhante, yo me āḷāre kālāme pasādo taṃ mahāvāte vā ophuṇāmi sīghasotāya [siṅghasotāya (ka.)] vā nadiyā pavāhemi. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
194已對照

於是,布古沙末羅子對一個人說:“喂,你去把那一雙金色的、磨治光潔的可著之衣(siṅgīvaṇṇa yugamaṭṭha dhāraṇīya)取來。”“是的,主人。”那人應諾布古沙末羅子之後,就把那一雙金色的、磨治光潔的可著之衣取來了。於是,布古沙末羅子把那一雙金色的、磨治光潔的可著之衣奉獻給世尊:“尊者,這是一雙金色的、磨治光潔的可著之衣,願世尊憐憫而接受它。”“那麼,布古沙,你用一件覆蓋我,用一件[覆蓋]阿難。”“是的,尊者。”布古沙末羅子應諾世尊之後,就用一件覆蓋世尊,用一件[覆蓋]具壽阿難。於是,世尊以法語對布古沙末羅子開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜。於是,受世尊以法語開示、勸導、鼓勵、令其歡喜的布古沙末羅子從座而起,禮敬世尊,右繞之後離去。

194. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, bhaṇe, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āharā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āhari [āharasi (ka.)]. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ, taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, pukkusa, ekena maṃ acchādehi, ekena ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṃ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṃ mallaputtaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
195PTS 2.134緬 2.111已對照

於是,在布古沙末羅子離去不久,具壽阿難把那一雙金色的、磨治光潔的可著之衣貼附於世尊身上。貼附於世尊身上之後,它顯得像失去了光焰一般。於是,具壽阿難對世尊說:“尊者,真是稀有!尊者,真是未曾有!尊者,如來的膚色竟是這樣遍淨、皎潔!尊者,這一雙金色的、磨治光潔的可著之衣貼附於世尊身上之後,竟顯得像失去了光焰一般。”“正是這樣,阿難;正是這樣,阿難。在兩個時候,如來的身體格外遍淨、膚色皎潔。哪兩個時候呢?阿難,就是如來現正覺無上正等正覺的那一夜,以及如來以無餘依涅槃界般涅槃的那一夜。阿難,就在這兩個時候,如來的身體格外遍淨、膚色皎潔。 “阿難,就在今夜的後夜分,在拘屍那羅優婆跋多那(Upavattana)末羅人的娑羅林中、雙娑羅樹之間,將有如來的般涅槃。來吧,阿難,我們前往迦俱陀河。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。 “布古沙奉上了一雙金色的磨光之衣; 導師被它覆上,[便]以金色而顯耀。”

195. Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesi. Taṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya [vītaccikaṃviya (sī. pī.)] khāyati. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, yāva parisuddho, bhante, tathāgatassa chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya khāyatī’’ti. ‘‘Evametaṃ, ānanda, evametaṃ, ānanda dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Katamesu dvīsu? Yañca, ānanda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Imesu kho, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. ‘‘Ajja kho, panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena [antare (syā.)] yamakasālānaṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati [bhavissatīti (ka.)]. Āyāmānanda, yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
Siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ, pukkuso abhihārayi;
Tena acchādito satthā, hemavaṇṇo asobhathāti.
196PTS 2.135緬 2.112已對照

於是,世尊與大比丘僧一同來到迦俱陀河;到了之後,進入迦俱陀河,沐浴、飲水,上岸之後,來到芒果林。到了之後,對具壽純陀迦(Cundaka)說:“來,純陀迦,你把僧伽梨疊成四層給我敷設,純陀迦,我疲倦了,我要躺下。”“是的,尊者。”具壽純陀迦應諾世尊之後,把僧伽梨疊成四層敷設好。於是,世尊以右脅作獅子臥,足足相疊,具念、正知,作意起身之想。而具壽純陀迦就在那裡坐於世尊之前。 “佛陀走到迦俱陀小河, 水清、水甘、澄淨; 導師入水,形貌不疲倦, 如來於世間無與倫比。 “沐浴、飲水之後,導師上了[岸], 在比丘眾中受推為前導; 世尊——此[教]中法的宣說者、法的轉起者—— 這位大仙來到了芒果林。 “他呼喚一位名叫純陀迦的比丘: ‘為我敷設四層[僧伽梨],[我]要躺下’; 純陀被自我已修習者所促, 迅即敷設了四層[僧伽梨]。 “導師躺下,形貌不疲倦, 純陀也就在那裡坐於[其]前。”

196. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kakudhaṃ nadiṃ ajjhogāhetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena ambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cundakaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, cundaka, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, cundaka, nipajjissāmī’’ti.
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasikaritvā. Āyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.
Gantvāna buddho nadikaṃ kakudhaṃ,
Acchodakaṃ sātudakaṃ vippasannaṃ;
Ogāhi satthā akilantarūpo [sukilantarūpo (sī. pī.)],
Tathāgato appaṭimo ca [appaṭimodha (pī.)] loke.
Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā [pivitvā cundakena, pivitvā ca uttari (ka.)],
Purakkhato bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe;
Vattā [satthā (sī. syā. pī.)] pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme,
Upāgami ambavanaṃ mahesi.
Āmantayi cundakaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ,
Catugguṇaṃ santhara me nipajjaṃ;
So codito bhāvitattena cundo,
Catugguṇaṃ santhari khippameva.
Nipajji satthā akilantarūpo,
Cundopi tattha pamukhe [samukhe (ka.)] nisīdīti.
197PTS 2.136緬 2.113已對照

於是,世尊對具壽阿難說:“阿難,或許有人會令鐵匠之子純陀生起追悔:‘純陀賢友,這對你是損失,這對你是惡得——如來食用了你[所供]的最後一次施食之後就般涅槃了。’阿難,對鐵匠之子純陀的這樣的追悔,應當這樣除遣:‘純陀賢友,這對你是所得,這對你是善得——如來食用了你[所供]的最後一次施食之後就般涅槃了。純陀賢友,這是我當面從世尊聽聞、當面領受的:有兩次施食是果報同等、異熟同等的,比其他諸施食有更大的果、更大的功德。哪兩次呢?就是如來食用之後現正覺無上正等正覺的那次施食,以及如來食用之後以無餘依涅槃界般涅槃的那次施食。這兩次施食是果報同等、異熟同等的,比其他諸施食有更大的果、更大的功德。具壽鐵匠之子純陀所積集的,是導向壽命的業,具壽鐵匠之子純陀所積集的,是導向容色的業,具壽鐵匠之子純陀所積集的,是導向安樂的業,具壽鐵匠之子純陀所積集的,是導向名聲的業,具壽鐵匠之子純陀所積集的,是導向生天的業,具壽鐵匠之子純陀所積集的,是導向增上主權的業。’阿難,對鐵匠之子純陀的這樣的追悔,應當這樣除遣。”於是,世尊了知此義,在那時說出這段感興語: “施者之福增長,自制者不積怨; 善巧者捨棄惡,以貪、瞋、痴的滅盡而寂滅。” 第四誦分。

197. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho [yo kho (ka.)], panānanda, cundassa kammāraputtassa koci vippaṭisāraṃ uppādeyya – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto’ti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā tassa te suladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto. Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – dve me piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā [samā samaphalā (ka.)] samavipākā [samasamavipākā (sī. syā. pī.)], ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Katame dve? Yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā, ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Āyusaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, vaṇṇasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, sukhasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, yasasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, saggasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, ādhipateyyasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacita’nti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
‘‘Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati,
Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati;
Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ,
Rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto’’ti.
Catuttho bhāṇavāro.
Yamakasālā
198PTS 2.137已對照

雙娑羅樹

於是,世尊對具壽阿難說:“來吧,阿難,我們前往希連禪河(Hiraññavatī)的彼岸、拘屍那羅優婆跋多那末羅人的娑羅林。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。於是,世尊與大比丘僧一同來到希連禪河的彼岸、拘屍那羅優婆跋多那末羅人的娑羅林。到了之後,對具壽阿難說:“來,阿難,你在雙娑羅樹之間為我敷設頭向北的床座,阿難,我疲倦了,我要躺下。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難應諾世尊之後,就在雙娑羅樹之間敷設了頭向北的床座。於是,世尊以右脅作獅子臥,足足相疊,具念、正知。

198. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nipajjissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno.
PTS 2.138緬 2.114已對照

當時,雙娑羅樹非時花全部盛開,那些[花]散灑、遍灑、普灑於如來的身上,以供養如來。天上的曼陀羅花(mandārava)也從空中落下,那些[花]散灑、遍灑、普灑於如來的身上,以供養如來。天上的栴檀粉也從空中落下,那些[粉]散灑、遍灑、普灑於如來的身上,以供養如來。天上的樂器也在空中奏鳴,以供養如來。天上的歌詠也在空中轉起,以供養如來。

Tena kho pana samayena yamakasālā sabbaphāliphullā honti akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
199已對照

於是,世尊對具壽阿難說:“阿難,雙娑羅樹非時花全部盛開,那些[花]散灑、遍灑、普灑於如來的身上,以供養如來。天上的曼陀羅花(mandārava)也從空中落下,那些[花]散灑、遍灑、普灑於如來的身上,以供養如來。天上的栴檀粉也從空中落下,那些[粉]散灑、遍灑、普灑於如來的身上,以供養如來。天上的樂器也在空中奏鳴,以供養如來。天上的歌詠也在空中轉起,以供養如來。阿難,如來並非僅以此而被恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養、禮敬。阿難,凡是比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞或優婆夷,法隨法行而住、正當行道、隨法而行者,他就是以最上的供養恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養、禮敬如來。所以,阿難,[你們應當這樣學:]‘我們要法隨法行而住,正當行道,隨法而行。’阿難,你們應當這樣學。”

199. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘sabbaphāliphullā kho, ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Na kho, ānanda, ettāvatā tathāgato sakkato vā hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā. Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati [idaṃ padaṃ sīsyāipotthakesu na dissati], paramāya pūjāya. Tasmātihānanda, dhammānudhammappaṭipannā viharissāma sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārinoti. Evañhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabba’’nti.
Upavāṇatthero
200PTS 2.139緬 2.115已對照

具壽優波婆那 當時,具壽優波婆那(Upavāṇa)站在世尊前面為世尊搧風。於是,世尊斥退具壽優波婆那:“比丘,走開,不要站在我前面。”於是,具壽阿難這樣想:“這位具壽優波婆那長期以來是世尊的侍者、近侍、隨近而行者;而世尊卻在最後之時斥退具壽優波婆那:‘比丘,走開,不要站在我前面。’究竟是什麼因、什麼緣,使世尊斥退具壽優波婆那:‘比丘,走開,不要站在我前面’呢?”於是,具壽阿難對世尊說:“尊者,這位具壽優波婆那長期以來是世尊的侍者、近侍、隨近而行者;而世尊卻在最後之時斥退具壽優波婆那:‘比丘,走開,不要站在我前面。’尊者,究竟是什麼因、什麼緣,使世尊斥退具壽優波婆那:‘比丘,走開,不要站在我前面’呢?”“阿難,十方世界的天神大多已經集來瞻見如來。阿難,拘屍那羅優婆跋多那末羅人的娑羅林四周十二由旬之內,沒有一處地方——乃至連毛端所刺那麼大的一處——是不被大威力的天神所遍滿的。阿難,天神們在譏嫌:‘我們從遠處來瞻見如來。如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者出現於世間,是稀有難逢的;而今夜的後夜分就將有如來的般涅槃。可是這位大威力的比丘卻站在世尊前面遮著,我們不能在最後之時瞻見如來。’”

200. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāresi – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti. Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti? ‘‘Yebhuyyena, ānanda, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinitudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. Devatā, ānanda, ujjhāyanti – ‘dūrā ca vatamha āgatā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṃ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti.
201PTS 2.140緬 2.116已對照

“尊者,那麼世尊所作意的是怎樣的天神呢?”“阿難,有些天神在虛空中而作地想,[他們]散發而哭泣,舉臂而哭泣,如被斬斷般跌倒,輾轉翻覆:‘世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世間之眼消逝得太快了!’ “阿難,有些天神在大地上而作地想,[他們]散發而哭泣,舉臂而哭泣,如被斬斷般跌倒,輾轉翻覆:‘世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世間之眼消逝得太快了!’ “而那些已離貪的天神,則具念、正知地忍受:‘諸行是無常的,於此如何能得[常]呢?’”

201. ‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī’’ti [manasi karontīti (syā. ka.)]? ‘‘Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti [chinnaṃpādaṃviya papatanti (syā.)], āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ [cakkhumā (syā. ka.)] loke antaradhaṃāyissatī’ti.
‘‘Santānanda, devatā pathaviyaṃ pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’’’ti.
‘‘Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti.
Catusaṃvejanīyaṭṭhānāni
202PTS 2.141已對照

四應見而生悚懼之處 “尊者,從前在各方雨安居結束的比丘們會前來瞻見如來,我們得以瞻見令意增長的(manobhāvanīya)比丘們,得以承事[他們]。而尊者,在世尊去世之後,我們就不能瞻見令意增長的比丘們,也不能承事[他們]了。” “阿難,有這四處,是有信的良家子應當瞻見、應當生起悚懼(saṃvega)之處。哪四處呢?阿難,‘如來在此出生’——這是有信的良家子應當瞻見、應當生起悚懼之處。阿難,‘如來在此現正覺了無上正等正覺’——這是有信的良家子應當瞻見、應當生起悚懼之處。阿難,‘如來在此轉了無上法輪’——這是有信的良家子應當瞻見、應當生起悚懼之處。阿難,‘如來在此以無餘依涅槃界般涅槃’——這是有信的良家子應當瞻見、應當生起悚懼之處。阿難,這就是有信的良家子應當瞻見、應當生起悚懼的四處。 “阿難,將有具信的比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷前來[瞻見]:‘如來在此出生’,‘如來在此現正覺了無上正等正覺’,‘如來在此轉了無上法輪’,‘如來在此以無餘依涅槃界般涅槃’。阿難,凡是在巡禮塔廟(cetiyacārikā)之行中以淨信之心而命終者,他們全都將於身壞命終之後往生善趣、天界。”

202. ‘‘Pubbe, bhante, disāsu vassaṃ vuṭṭhā [vassaṃvutthā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Te mayaṃ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya. Bhagavato pana mayaṃ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā’’ti.
‘‘Cattārimāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. Katamāni cattāri? ‘Idha tathāgato jāto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’nti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Imāni kho, ānanda, cattāri saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.
‘‘Āgamissanti kho, ānanda, saddhā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo – ‘idha tathāgato jāto’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’tipi, ‘idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’ntipi, ‘idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’tipi. Ye hi keci, ānanda, cetiyacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṅkarissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissantī’’ti.
Ānandapucchākathā
203緬 2.117已對照

阿難的請問 “尊者,我們對女人應當如何行呢?”“阿難,不見。”“世尊,若見到了,應當如何行呢?”“阿難,不交談。”“尊者,若要交談,應當如何行呢?”“阿難,應當建立念。”

203. ‘‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, mātugāme paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Adassanaṃ, ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Dassane, bhagavā, sati kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Anālāpo, ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Ālapantena pana, bhante, kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Sati, ānanda, upaṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti.
204已對照

“尊者,我們對如來的遺體應當如何行呢?”“阿難,你們不要為如來的遺體供養而忙碌。來,阿難,你們要在要義(sārattha)上努力、精勤,於要義上不放逸、熱勤、自策勵而住。阿難,有對如來極淨信的賢明剎帝利、賢明婆羅門、賢明居士,他們會作如來的遺體供養。”

204. ‘‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Abyāvaṭā tumhe, ānanda, hotha tathāgatassa sarīrapūjāya. Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha [sadatthe anuyuñjatha (sī. syā.), sadatthaṃ anuyuñjatha (pī.), sāratthe anuyuñjatha (ka.)], sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. Santānanda, khattiyapaṇḍitāpi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāpi gahapatipaṇḍitāpi tathāgate abhippasannā, te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti.
205PTS 2.142已對照

“可是尊者,對如來的遺體應當如何行呢?”“阿難,如同人們對轉輪王的遺體所行的那樣,對如來的遺體也應當那樣行。”“可是尊者,人們對轉輪王的遺體是怎樣行的呢?”“阿難,人們用新布纏裹轉輪王的遺體,用新布纏裹之後,再用梳好的棉花纏裹,用梳好的棉花纏裹之後,再用新布纏裹。以這個方法用五百重纏裹轉輪王的遺體之後,放入鐵製的油槽中,再以另一個鐵槽覆蓋,以一切香作成柴堆,焚化轉輪王的遺體。他們在四衢道上為轉輪王造塔(thūpa)。阿難,人們就是這樣對轉輪王的遺體而行的。阿難,如同人們對轉輪王的遺體所行的那樣,對如來的遺體也應當那樣行;應當在四衢道上為如來造塔。凡是在那裡獻上花鬘、香或塗香,或禮敬,或令心生起淨信的人,那對他們將長夜是利益與安樂。

205. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etenupāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ [sarīre (syā. ka.)] veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe [cātummahāpathe (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ [vaṇṇakaṃ (sī. pī.)] vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.
Thūpārahapuggalo
206PTS 2.143緬 2.118已對照

四種值得造塔者 “阿難,有這四種值得造塔者。哪四種呢?如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者值得造塔,獨覺(paccekasambuddha)值得造塔,如來的弟子值得造塔,轉輪王值得造塔。 “阿難,緣於什麼道理如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者值得造塔呢?阿難,[人們想]‘這是那位阿羅漢、正等正覺的世尊的塔’,眾人便令心生起淨信。他們在那裡令心生起淨信之後,於身壞命終之後往生善趣、天界。阿難,正是緣於這個道理,如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者值得造塔。 “阿難,緣於什麼道理獨覺值得造塔呢?阿難,[人們想]‘這是那位獨覺的世尊的塔’,眾人便令心生起淨信。他們在那裡令心生起淨信之後,於身壞命終之後往生善趣、天界。阿難,正是緣於這個道理,獨覺值得造塔。 “阿難,緣於什麼道理如來的弟子值得造塔呢?阿難,[人們想]‘這是那位阿羅漢、正等正覺的世尊的弟子的塔’,眾人便令心生起淨信。他們在那裡令心生起淨信之後,於身壞命終之後往生善趣、天界。阿難,正是緣於這個道理,如來的弟子值得造塔。 “阿難,緣於什麼道理轉輪王值得造塔呢?阿難,[人們想]‘這是那位如法的法王的塔’,眾人便令心生起淨信。他們在那裡令心生起淨信之後,於身壞命終之後往生善趣、天界。阿難,正是緣於這個道理,轉輪王值得造塔。阿難,這就是四種值得造塔者。”

206. ‘‘Cattārome, ānanda, thūpārahā. Katame cattāro? Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī [cakkavatti (syā. ka.)] thūpārahoti.
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho.
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho.
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakassa thūpo’ti ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho.
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho. Ime kho, ānanda cattāro thūpārahā’’ti.
Ānandaacchariyadhammo
207PTS 2.144緬 2.119已對照

阿難的希有未曾有法 那時,具壽阿難進入精舍,倚著門柱(kapisīsa)而立,哭泣著[說]:“我還是有學、尚有應作之事的人,而憐憫我的導師就要般涅槃了。”於是,世尊對比丘們說:“諸比丘,阿難在哪裡呢?”“尊者,具壽阿難進入精舍,倚著門柱而立,哭泣著[說]:‘我還是有學、尚有應作之事的人,而憐憫我的導師就要般涅槃了。’”於是,世尊對某位比丘說:“來,比丘,你以我的名義對阿難說:‘阿難賢友,導師叫你。’”“是的,尊者。”那位比丘應諾世尊之後,來到具壽阿難之處;到了之後,對具壽阿難說:“阿難賢友,導師叫你。”“好的,賢友。”具壽阿難應諾那位比丘之後,來到世尊之處;到了之後,禮敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊對坐在一旁的具壽阿難說:“夠了,阿難,不要愁,不要悲。阿難,我不是早已對你說過嗎:‘與一切可愛、可意的[人事],[終有]別異、別離、變異。’阿難,於此如何能得[不然]呢?凡已生、已成、有為、壞滅之法,[要它]‘連如來的身體也不壞滅’,這是不可能的。阿難,長久以來,你以慈的身業——[那是]有益的、安樂的、無二的、無量的;以慈的語業——[那是]有益的、安樂的、無二的、無量的;以慈的意業——[那是]有益的、安樂的、無二的、無量的——承事如來。阿難,你已作福,努力精勤吧,你很快就會成為無漏者。”

207. Atha kho āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando’’ti? ‘‘Eso, bhante, āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito – ‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ānandaṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā soci mā paridevi, nanu etaṃ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’; taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Dīgharattaṃ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena. Katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’’ti.
208PTS 2.145已對照

於是,世尊對比丘們說:“諸比丘,過去世那些成為阿羅漢、正等正覺者的世尊們,那些世尊也只有像我的阿難這樣至上的侍者;諸比丘,未來世那些將成為阿羅漢、正等正覺者的世尊們,那些世尊也將只有像我的阿難這樣至上的侍者。諸比丘,阿難是賢明的;諸比丘,阿難是有智慧的。他知道:‘這是比丘們前來瞻見如來的時候,這是比丘尼們的時候,這是優婆塞們的時候,這是優婆夷們的時候,這是國王、王的大臣、外道、外道弟子們的時候。’

208. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando; medhāvī, bhikkhave, ānando. Jānāti ‘ayaṃ kālo tathāgataṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo bhikkhunīnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsakānaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsikānaṃ, ayaṃ kālo rañño rājamahāmattānaṃ titthiyānaṃ titthiyasāvakāna’nti.
209PTS 2.146緬 2.120已對照

“諸比丘,阿難有這四種希有未曾有法。哪四種呢?諸比丘,若比丘眾前來瞻見阿難,[眾]因見[他]而心悅;若阿難在那裡說法,[眾]也因所說而心悅。諸比丘,比丘眾尚未滿足,阿難便已默然。諸比丘,若比丘尼眾前來瞻見阿難,[眾]因見[他]而心悅;若阿難在那裡說法,[眾]也因所說而心悅。諸比丘,比丘尼眾尚未滿足,阿難便已默然。諸比丘,若優婆塞眾前來瞻見阿難,[眾]因見[他]而心悅;若阿難在那裡說法,[眾]也因所說而心悅。諸比丘,優婆塞眾尚未滿足,阿難便已默然。諸比丘,若優婆夷眾前來瞻見阿難,[眾]因見[他]而心悅;若阿難在那裡說法,[眾]也因所說而心悅。諸比丘,優婆夷眾尚未滿足,阿難便已默然。諸比丘,這就是阿難的四種希有未曾有法。 “諸比丘,轉輪王有這四種希有未曾有法。哪四種呢?諸比丘,若剎帝利眾前來瞻見轉輪王,[眾]因見[他]而心悅;若轉輪王在那裡說話,[眾]也因所說而心悅。諸比丘,剎帝利眾尚未滿足,轉輪王便已默然。諸比丘,若婆羅門眾……乃至……居士眾……乃至……沙門眾前來瞻見轉輪王,[眾]因見[他]而心悅;若轉輪王在那裡說話,[眾]也因所說而心悅。諸比丘,沙門眾尚未滿足,轉輪王便已默然。諸比丘,正是這樣,阿難有這四種希有未曾有法:諸比丘,若比丘眾前來瞻見阿難,[眾]因見[他]而心悅;若阿難在那裡說法,[眾]也因所說而心悅。諸比丘,比丘眾尚未滿足,阿難便已默然。諸比丘,若比丘尼眾……乃至……優婆塞眾……乃至……優婆夷眾前來瞻見阿難,[眾]因見[他]而心悅;若阿難在那裡說法,[眾]也因所說而心悅。諸比丘,優婆夷眾尚未滿足,阿難便已默然。諸比丘,這就是阿難的四種希有未曾有法。”

209. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā [abbhutadhammā (syā. ka.)] ānande. Katame cattāro? Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce, ānando, dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi. Katame cattāro? Sace, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Sace bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā…pe… gahapatiparisā…pe… samaṇaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā hoti, atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, cattārome acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave bhikkhunīparisā…pe… upāsakaparisā…pe… upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande’’ti.
Mahāsudassanasuttadesanā
210PTS 2.147緬 2.122已對照

大善見[王]之說 這樣說時,具壽阿難對世尊說:“尊者,願世尊不要在這小城、荒瘠小城、枝城裡般涅槃。尊者,還有別的大城,就是:瞻波(Campā)、王舍城、舍衛城、娑雞多(Sāketa)、憍賞彌(Kosambī)、波羅奈;願世尊在那裡般涅槃。在那裡有許多對如來極淨信的大富剎帝利、大富婆羅門、大富居士,他們會作如來的遺體供養。”“阿難,不要這樣說!阿難,不要這樣說:‘小城、荒瘠小城、枝城’。 “阿難,從前有一位名叫大善見(Mahāsudassana)的國王,是轉輪王,如法、法王,領有四方,得勝利,達成國土安定,具足七寶。阿難,這拘屍那羅,當時是大善見王名叫拘舍婆提(Kusāvatī)的王都:從東到西長十二由旬,從南到北寬七由旬。阿難,拘舍婆提王都興盛、繁榮、人眾多、人煙稠密、飲食豐足。阿難,猶如諸天名叫阿羅迦曼陀(Āḷakamandā)的王都興盛、繁榮、人眾多、夜叉稠密、飲食豐足;同樣地,阿難,拘舍婆提王都興盛、繁榮、人眾多、人煙稠密、飲食豐足。阿難,拘舍婆提王都晝夜不離十種聲音,就是:象聲、馬聲、車聲、鼓聲、腰鼓聲、琵琶聲、歌聲、螺聲、鐃鈸聲、手拍聲,以及第十種‘食吧、飲吧、嚼吧’之聲。 “阿難,你去進入拘屍那羅,告知拘屍那羅的末羅人:‘婆私吒們(Vāseṭṭhā),今夜的後夜分將有如來的般涅槃。前來吧,婆私吒們!前來吧,婆私吒們!不要事後追悔:“如來的般涅槃就在我們的村界之內,而我們竟不能在最後之時瞻見如來。”’”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難應諾世尊之後,穿好[下衣],取了缽與衣,以自己為第二[人,即帶一伴]進入拘屍那羅。

210. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhante, bhagavā imasmiṃ khuddakanagarake ujjaṅgalanagarake sākhānagarake parinibbāyi. Santi, bhante, aññāni mahānagarāni, seyyathidaṃ – campā rājagahaṃ sāvatthī sāketaṃ kosambī bārāṇasī; ettha bhagavā parinibbāyatu. Ettha bahū khattiyamahāsālā, brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatimahāsālā tathāgate abhippasannā. Te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti ‘‘māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca; māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca – ‘khuddakanagarakaṃ ujjaṅgalanagarakaṃ sākhānagaraka’nti.
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janappadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa ayaṃ kusinārā kusāvatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi, puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasayojanāni āyāmena; uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca sattayojanāni vitthārena. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṃ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; evameva kho, ānanda, kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā ceva rattiñca, seyyathidaṃ – hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena saṅkhasaddena sammasaddena pāṇitāḷasaddena ‘asnātha pivatha khādathā’ti dasamena saddena.
‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi.
Mallānaṃ vandanā
211PTS 2.148緬 2.123已對照

禮敬末羅人 當時,拘屍那羅的末羅人因某件應辦之事,正聚集在議事堂(sandhāgāra)中。於是,具壽阿難來到拘屍那羅末羅人的議事堂;到了之後,告知拘屍那羅的末羅人:“婆私吒們,今夜的後夜分將有如來的般涅槃。前來吧,婆私吒們!前來吧,婆私吒們!不要事後追悔:‘如來的般涅槃就在我們的村界之內,而我們竟不能在最後之時瞻見如來。’” 末羅人、末羅人的兒子、末羅人的兒媳、末羅人的妻子聽了具壽阿難這番話,憂苦、意不悅、心懷苦痛,有些人散發而哭泣,舉臂而哭泣,如被斬斷般跌倒,輾轉翻覆:“世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世間之眼消逝得太快了!” 於是,末羅人、末羅人的兒子、末羅人的兒媳、末羅人的妻子憂苦、意不悅、心懷苦痛,來到末羅人的優婆跋多那娑羅林、具壽阿難之處。 於是,具壽阿難這樣想:“我若讓拘屍那羅的末羅人一個一個地禮敬世尊,[則]拘屍那羅的末羅人還沒禮敬完,這一夜就要過去了。我何不把拘屍那羅的末羅人按家族一組一組地安排好,[再]讓他們禮敬世尊:‘尊者,名叫某某的末羅人,與子、與妻、與隨眾、與大臣,以頭禮敬世尊的雙足。’” 於是,具壽阿難把拘屍那羅的末羅人按家族一組一組地安排好,讓他們禮敬世尊:“尊者,名叫某某的末羅人,與子、與妻、與隨眾、與大臣,以頭禮敬世尊的雙足。”於是,具壽阿難以這個方法,在初夜分就讓拘屍那羅的末羅人[全都]禮敬了世尊。

211. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre [santhāgāre (sī. syā. pī.)] sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti. Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho ahaṃ kosinārake malle ekamekaṃ bhagavantaṃ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpeyyaṃ – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi.
Subhaddaparibbājakavatthu
212PTS 2.150緬 2.124已對照

遊方者須跋陀 當時,有一位名叫須跋陀(Subhadda)的遊方者住在拘屍那羅。遊方者須跋陀聽說:“據說今夜的後夜分將有沙門喬達摩的般涅槃。”於是,遊方者須跋陀這樣想:“我曾聽那些年長、耆老、師與師之師的遊方者們說:‘如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者出現於世間,是稀有難逢的。’而今夜的後夜分就將有沙門喬達摩的般涅槃。我心中生起了這樣的疑惑之法;我對沙門喬達摩有這樣的淨信:‘沙門喬達摩能為我如此說法,使我舍斷這疑惑之法。’”於是,遊方者須跋陀來到末羅人的優婆跋多那娑羅林、具壽阿難之處;到了之後,對具壽阿難說:“阿難尊師,我曾聽那些年長、耆老、師與師之師的遊方者們說:‘如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者出現於世間,是稀有難逢的。’而今夜的後夜分就將有沙門喬達摩的般涅槃。我心中生起了這樣的疑惑之法;我對沙門喬達摩有這樣的淨信:‘沙門喬達摩能為我如此說法,使我舍斷這疑惑之法。’善哉,阿難尊師,願我能得見沙門喬達摩。”這樣說時,具壽阿難對遊方者須跋陀說:“夠了,須跋陀賢友,不要惱擾如來,世尊已經疲倦了。”遊方者須跋陀第二次……乃至……遊方者須跋陀第三次對具壽阿難說:“阿難尊師,我曾聽那些年長、耆老、師與師之師的遊方者們說:‘如來、阿羅漢、正等正覺者出現於世間,是稀有難逢的。’而今夜的後夜分就將有沙門喬達摩的般涅槃。我心中生起了這樣的疑惑之法;我對沙門喬達摩有這樣的淨信:‘沙門喬達摩能為我如此說法,使我舍斷這疑惑之法。’善哉,阿難尊師,願我能得見沙門喬達摩。”具壽阿難第三次對遊方者須跋陀說:“夠了,須跋陀賢友,不要惱擾如來,世尊已經疲倦了。”

212. Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma paribbājako kusinārāyaṃ paṭivasati. Assosi kho subhaddo paribbājako – ‘‘ajja kira rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho subhaddassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – ‘‘sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako…pe… tatiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti.
213PTS 2.151已對照

世尊聽見了具壽阿難與遊方者須跋陀的這番交談。於是,世尊對具壽阿難說:“夠了,阿難,不要阻止須跋陀。阿難,讓須跋陀得見如來吧。須跋陀無論問我什麼,都是想求了知而問,不是想惱擾[我]而問;我被問及而作解答的,他都會很快了知。”於是,具壽阿難對遊方者須跋陀說:“去吧,須跋陀賢友,世尊為你作了機會。”於是,遊方者須跋陀來到世尊之處;到了之後,與世尊互相問候;交換了友好、可唸的問候話語之後,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的遊方者須跋陀對世尊說:“喬達摩尊師,那些擁有僧團、擁有會眾、是會眾之師、知名而有聲譽、是一派的宗師(titthakara)、受眾人敬重的沙門婆羅門們,就是:富蘭那·迦葉(Pūraṇa Kassapa)、末伽梨·拘舍梨(Makkhali Gosāla)、阿耆多·翅舍欽婆羅(Ajita Kesakambala)、婆浮陀·迦旃延(Pakudha Kaccāyana)、刪闍耶·毘羅胝子(Sañcaya Belaṭṭhaputta)、尼乾陀·若提子(Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta)——他們是全都如自己所宣稱的那樣有證智呢,還是全都沒有證智呢?或者有些有證智、有些沒有證智呢?”“夠了,須跋陀,這件事且擱下:‘他們是全都如自己所宣稱的那樣有證智呢,還是全都沒有證智呢?或者有些有證智、有些沒有證智呢?’須跋陀,我要為你說法,你要諦聽,好好作意,我要說了。”“是的,尊者。”遊方者須跋陀回答世尊。世尊這樣說:

213. Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā subhaddaṃ vāresi, labhataṃ, ānanda, subhaddo tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yaṃ kiñci maṃ subhaddo pucchissati, sabbaṃ taṃ aññāpekkhova pucchissati, no vihesāpekkho. Yaṃ cassāhaṃ puṭṭho byākarissāmi, taṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gacchāvuso subhadda, karoti te bhagavā okāsa’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yeme, bho gotama, samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa, seyyathidaṃ – pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’’ti? ‘‘Alaṃ, subhadda, tiṭṭhatetaṃ – ‘sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’ti. Dhammaṃ te, subhadda, desessāmi; taṃ suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasikarohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
214PTS 2.152緬 2.125已對照

“須跋陀,凡在哪一個法與律中不能得到八支聖道,那裡也就不能得到沙門,那裡也不能得到第二沙門,那裡也不能得到第三沙門,那裡也不能得到第四沙門。須跋陀,凡在哪一個法與律中能得到八支聖道,那裡就能得到沙門,那裡也能得到第二沙門,那裡也能得到第三沙門,那裡也能得到第四沙門。須跋陀,在這個法與律中能得到八支聖道;須跋陀,正是在這裡有沙門,這裡有第二沙門,這裡有第三沙門,這裡有第四沙門——他人的異論空無其他諸沙門。須跋陀,若這些比丘能正住,世間便不空於諸阿羅漢。 “須跋陀,我二十九歲出家, 為尋求什麼是善; 須跋陀,自我出家以來, 已五十有餘年。 [唯]行於如理之法的一分之內—— 此[教]之外並無沙門。 “也沒有第二沙門,也沒有第三沙門,也沒有第四沙門——他人的異論空無其他諸沙門。須跋陀,若這些比丘能正住,世間便不空於諸阿羅漢。”

214. ‘‘Yasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati. Dutiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Tatiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Catutthopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Yasmiñca kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, tatiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catutthopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati. Imasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, idheva, subhadda, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi [aññe (pī.)]. Ime ca [idheva (ka.)], subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.
‘‘Ekūnatiṃso vayasā subhadda,
Yaṃ pabbajiṃ kiṃkusalānuesī;
Vassāni paññāsa samādhikāni,
Yato ahaṃ pabbajito subhadda.
Ñāyassa dhammassa padesavattī,
Ito bahiddhā samaṇopi natthi.
‘‘Dutiyopi samaṇo natthi. Tatiyopi samaṇo natthi. Catutthopi samaṇo natthi. Suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi. Ime ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assā’’ti.
215PTS 2.153緬 2.126已對照

這樣說時,遊方者須跋陀對世尊說:“奇哉!尊者,奇哉!尊者。尊者,猶如把倒覆的扶起,把遮蔽的揭開,為迷路者指示道路,在黑暗中持來油燈,使有眼者得見諸色。正是如此,世尊以種種方式開顯了法。尊者,我皈依世尊、法與比丘僧團。尊者,願我能在世尊座下得出家,得具足戒。”“須跋陀,凡曾屬他外道者,若在這法與律中希求出家、希求具足戒,他要別住(parivāsa)四個月;四個月過後,心滿意的比丘們才為他出家、為他授具足戒而成比丘。不過,我於此也了知人的差別。”“尊者,若曾屬他外道者在這法與律中希求出家、希求具足戒要別住四個月,四個月過後心滿意的比丘們才為他出家、授具足戒而成比丘——[那麼]我願別住四年;四年過後,願心滿意的比丘們為我出家、授具足戒而成比丘。”於是,世尊對具壽阿難說:“那麼,阿難,你為須跋陀作出家[之事]吧。”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難回答世尊。 於是,遊方者須跋陀對具壽阿難說:“阿難賢友,你們是有所得的!阿難賢友,你們是善得的——你們在此當著導師的面,受了內住弟子的灌頂。”遊方者須跋陀就在世尊座下得到出家,得到具足戒。而具壽須跋陀受具足戒不久,獨一、遠離、不放逸、熱勤、自策勵而住,不久便在現法中自己以證智證知、成就並住於那無上的梵行終點——良家子們正是為此而正當地從家出家、成為無家者。他證知:“生已盡,梵行已立,應作已作,再無後有。”具壽須跋陀成了阿羅漢之一。他就是世尊最後一位面見受教的弟子。 第五誦分。

215. Evaṃ vutte subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti, evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Yo kho, subhadda, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Api ca mettha puggalavemattatā viditā’’ti. ‘‘Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṃ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṃ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā’’ti.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tenahānanda, subhaddaṃ pabbājehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘lābhā vo, āvuso ānanda; suladdhaṃ vo, āvuso ānanda, ye ettha satthu [satthārā (syā.)] sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā’’ti. Alattha kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – ‘yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti’ tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro kho panāyasmā subhaddo arahataṃ ahosi. So bhagavato pacchimo sakkhisāvako ahosīti.
Pañcamo bhāṇavāro.
Tathāgatapacchimavācā
216PTS 2.154緬 2.127已對照

如來的最後之語 於是,世尊對具壽阿難說:“阿難,或許你們會這樣想:‘言教已失去導師,我們沒有導師了。’阿難,不應這樣看。阿難,我為你們所教說、所制定的法與律,在我去世之後就是你們的導師。阿難,如今比丘們彼此以‘賢友’之稱相喚,在我去世之後不應再這樣相喚。阿難,較年長的比丘對較年少的比丘,應以名、以姓,或以‘賢友’之稱相喚;較年少的比丘對較年長的比丘,應以‘尊者’或‘具壽’相喚。阿難,僧團若願意,在我去世之後可以廢除微細與隨微細的諸學處。阿難,在我去世之後,應當對車匿(Channa)比丘施以梵罰(brahmadaṇḍa)。”“可是尊者,什麼是梵罰呢?”“阿難,車匿比丘想說什麼就讓他說;比丘們既不對他說[什麼],也不教誡他,也不教導他。”

216. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho panānanda, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘atītasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, natthi no satthā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, ānanda, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā. Yathā kho panānanda, etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ āvusovādena samudācaranti, na kho mamaccayena evaṃ samudācaritabbaṃ. Theratarena, ānanda, bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvusovādena vā samudācaritabbo. Navakatarena bhikkhunā therataro bhikkhu ‘bhante’ti vā ‘āyasmā’ti vā samudācaritabbo. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho mamaccayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhanatu. Channassa, ānanda, bhikkhuno mamaccayena brahmadaṇḍo dātabbo’’ti. ‘‘Katamo pana, bhante, brahmadaṇḍo’’ti? ‘‘Channo, ānanda, bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya, taṃ vadeyya. So bhikkhūhi neva vattabbo, na ovaditabbo, na anusāsitabbo’’ti.
217PTS 2.155已對照

於是,世尊對比丘們說:“諸比丘,或許有哪怕一位比丘對佛、或對法、或對僧、或對道、或對行道有疑惑或猶豫——諸比丘,你們發問吧,不要事後追悔:‘我們的導師曾當面在此,我們卻未能當面反問世尊。’”這樣說時,那些比丘默然。世尊第二次……乃至……世尊第三次對比丘們說:“諸比丘,或許有哪怕一位比丘對佛、或對法、或對僧、或對道、或對行道有疑惑或猶豫——諸比丘,你們發問吧,不要事後追悔:‘我們的導師曾當面在此,我們卻未能當面反問世尊。’”那些比丘第三次仍默然。於是,世尊對比丘們說:“諸比丘,或許你們是出於對導師的恭敬而不問。諸比丘,那就讓朋友告訴朋友吧。”這樣說時,那些比丘[仍]默然。於是,具壽阿難對世尊說:“尊者,真是稀有!尊者,真是未曾有!尊者,我對這個比丘僧有這樣的淨信:‘沒有哪怕一位比丘對佛、或對法、或對僧、或對道、或對行道有疑惑或猶豫。’”“阿難,你是從淨信而說;阿難,而如來於此正是有智。這個比丘僧中,沒有哪怕一位比丘對佛、或對法、或對僧、或對道、或對行道有疑惑或猶豫。阿難,這五百位比丘中,最末的一位比丘也已是須陀洹,不墮惡趣,決定趣向正覺。”

217. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, satthugāravenapi na puccheyyātha. Sahāyakopi, bhikkhave, sahāyakassa ārocetū’’ti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe, ‘natthi ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā’’’ti. ‘‘Pasādā kho tvaṃ, ānanda, vadesi, ñāṇameva hettha, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Natthi imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā. Imesañhi, ānanda, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako bhikkhu, so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti.
218PTS 2.156緬 2.128已對照

於是,世尊對比丘們說:“那麼,諸比丘,我現在告訴你們:諸行是壞滅法,當以不放逸成就。”這是如來最後之語。

218. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā’’ti. Ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.
Parinibbutakathā
219已對照

般涅槃 於是,世尊入初禪;從初禪出定後入第二禪,從第二禪出定後入第三禪,從第三禪出定後入第四禪;從第四禪出定後入空無邊處,從空無邊處等至出定後入識無邊處,從識無邊處等至出定後入無所有處,從無所有處等至出定後入非想非非想處,從非想非非想處等至出定後入想受滅。於是,具壽阿難對具壽阿那律(Anuruddha)說:“阿那律尊者,世尊已經般涅槃了。”“阿難賢友,世尊還沒有般涅槃,[他]入了想受滅。” 於是,世尊從想受滅等至出定後入非想非非想處,從非想非非想處等至出定後入無所有處,從無所有處等至出定後入識無邊處,從識無邊處等至出定後入空無邊處,從空無邊處等至出定後入第四禪,從第四禪出定後入第三禪,從第三禪出定後入第二禪,從第二禪出定後入初禪;從初禪出定後入第二禪,從第二禪出定後入第三禪,從第三禪出定後入第四禪——從第四禪出定後,世尊隨即般涅槃。

219. Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajji.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbuto, bhante anuruddha, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Nāvuso ānanda, bhagavā parinibbuto, saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno’’ti.
Atha kho bhagavā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā bhagavā parinibbāyi.
220PTS 2.157緬 2.129已對照

世尊般涅槃時,與般涅槃同時,發生了大地震,可怖、令人身毛豎立;天鼓也爆響。世尊般涅槃時,與般涅槃同時,娑婆主梵天(Brahmā Sahampati)說了這首偈: “世間一切生類,皆將舍其身聚; [今]這樣的導師——於世無可比擬者、 已得[十]力的如來、正覺者——已般涅槃。”

220. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmāsahampati imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
‘‘Sabbeva nikkhipissanti, bhūtā loke samussayaṃ;
Yattha etādiso satthā, loke appaṭipuggalo;
Tathāgato balappatto, sambuddho parinibbuto’’ti.
221已對照

世尊般涅槃時,與般涅槃同時,諸天之主帝釋(Sakka devānaminda)說了這首偈:

221. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
已對照

“諸行實是無常,是生滅之法;

‘‘Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, uppādavayadhammino;
已對照

生起之後便滅去,其寂止為樂。”

Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho’’ti.
222已對照

世尊般涅槃時,與般涅槃同時,具壽阿那律說了這些偈:

222. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi –
已對照

“心已住立的如如者,無有入息出息;

‘‘Nāhu assāsapassāso, ṭhitacittassa tādino;
已對照

不動的牟尼趣向寂靜,[便]作了時[而命終]。

Anejo santimārabbha, yaṃ kālamakarī muni.
已對照

“以不退縮的心忍受了[那]受;

‘‘Asallīnena cittena, vedanaṃ ajjhavāsayi;
已對照

如同燈的熄滅,[他]心的解脫就是這樣。”

Pajjotasseva nibbānaṃ, vimokkho cetaso ahū’’ti.
223已對照

世尊般涅槃時,與般涅槃同時,具壽阿難說了這首偈:

223. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
已對照

“那時是可怖的,那時是令身毛豎立的——

‘‘Tadāsi yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ, tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ;
已對照

當具足一切行相之勝的正覺者般涅槃之時。”

Sabbākāravarūpete, sambuddhe parinibbute’’ti.
224PTS 2.158已對照

世尊般涅槃時,那裡那些尚未離貪的比丘,有些人舉臂而哭泣,如被斬斷般跌倒,輾轉翻覆:“世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世間之眼消逝得太快了!”而那些已離貪的比丘,則具念、正知地忍受:“諸行是無常的,於此如何能得[常]呢?”

224. Parinibbute bhagavati ye te tattha bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti, ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.
225緬 2.130已對照

於是,具壽阿那律對比丘們說:“夠了,賢友們,不要愁,不要悲。賢友們,世尊不是早已說過嗎:‘與一切可愛、可意的[人事],[終有]別異、別離、變異。’賢友們,於此如何能得[不然]呢?凡已生、已成、有為、壞滅之法,[要它]‘不要壞滅’,這是不可能的。賢友們,天神們正在譏嫌呢。”“可是尊者,阿那律尊者所作意的是怎樣的天神呢?”

225. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Devatā, āvuso, ujjhāyantī’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī’’ti [bhante anuruddha devatā manasi karontīti (syā. ka.)]?
已對照

“阿難賢友,有些天神在虛空中而作地想,[他們]散發而哭泣,舉臂而哭泣,如被斬斷般跌倒,輾轉翻覆:‘世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世間之眼消逝得太快了!’阿難賢友,有些天神在大地上而作地想,[他們]散發而哭泣,舉臂而哭泣,如被斬斷般跌倒,輾轉翻覆:‘世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世間之眼消逝得太快了!’而那些已離貪的天神,則具念、正知地忍受:‘諸行是無常的,於此如何能得[常]呢?’”於是,具壽阿那律與具壽阿難以法語度過了那殘餘的一夜。

‘‘Santāvuso ānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Santāvuso ānanda, devatā pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca ānando taṃ rattāvasesaṃ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṃ.
226PTS 2.159已對照

於是,具壽阿那律對具壽阿難說:“去吧,阿難賢友,進入拘屍那羅,告知拘屍那羅的末羅人:‘婆私吒們,世尊已經般涅槃了;現在正是你們認為適時的時候。’”“是的,尊者。”具壽阿難應諾具壽阿那律之後,在上午穿好[下衣],取了缽與衣,以自己為第二[人]進入拘屍那羅。當時,拘屍那羅的末羅人正為那件事聚集在議事堂中。於是,具壽阿難來到拘屍那羅末羅人的議事堂;到了之後,告知拘屍那羅的末羅人:“婆私吒們,世尊已經般涅槃了;現在正是你們認為適時的時候。”末羅人、末羅人的兒子、末羅人的兒媳、末羅人的妻子聽了具壽阿難這番話,憂苦、意不悅、心懷苦痛,有些人散發而哭泣,舉臂而哭泣,如被斬斷般跌倒,輾轉翻覆:“世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世間之眼消逝得太快了!”

226. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti.
Buddhasarīrapūjā
227緬 2.131已對照

遺體的供養

於是,拘屍那羅的末羅人吩咐屬下:“喂,那麼你們把拘屍那羅的香與花鬘,以及一切樂器都聚集起來。”於是,拘屍那羅的末羅人帶著香與花鬘、一切樂器以及五百雙布,來到末羅人的優婆跋多那娑羅林、世尊遺體所在之處;到了之後,以舞、歌、樂、花鬘、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養世尊的遺體,張設布幔,在圓亭中佈置停當,這樣度過了一日。

227. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, kusinārāyaṃ gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ sannipātethā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yena bhagavato sarīraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.
已對照

於是,拘屍那羅的末羅人這樣想:“今天火化世尊的遺體已經太晚了,我們明天再火化世尊的遺體吧。”於是,拘屍那羅的末羅人以舞、歌、樂、花鬘、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養世尊的遺體,張設布幔,在圓亭中佈置停當,這樣度過了第二日,也度過了第三日、第四日、第五日、第六日。

Atha kho kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpetuṃ, sve dāni mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, tatiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, catutthampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, pañcamampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.
PTS 2.160已對照

到了第七日,拘屍那羅的末羅人這樣想:“我們以舞、歌、樂、花鬘、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養世尊的遺體,從城南抬向南方,抬到城外,在城的南方外面火化世尊的遺體吧。”

Atha kho sattamaṃ divasaṃ kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti.
228緬 2.132已對照

當時,八位末羅人的首領洗了頭、穿上新衣,[說]“我們要抬起世尊的遺體”,卻抬不起來。於是,拘屍那羅的末羅人對具壽阿那律說:“阿那律尊者,是什麼因、什麼緣,使這八位洗了頭、穿上新衣的末羅人首領[說]‘我們要抬起世尊的遺體’卻抬不起來呢?”“婆私吒們,你們的意趣是一樣,天神的意趣是另一樣。”“可是尊者,天神的意趣是怎樣的呢?”“婆私吒們,你們的意趣是:‘我們以舞、歌、樂、花鬘、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養世尊的遺體,從城南抬向南方,抬到城外,在城的南方外面火化世尊的遺體。’婆私吒們,天神的意趣卻是:‘我們以天上的舞、歌、樂、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養世尊的遺體,從城北抬向北方,從北門抬入城中,從城的中央穿過,從東門出城,在城東名叫馬古答班達那(Makuṭabandhana)的末羅人塔廟,就在那裡火化世尊的遺體。’”“尊者,就照天神的意趣辦吧。”

228. Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’’ti na sakkonti uccāretuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’ti na sakkonti uccāretu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, tumhākaṃ adhippāyo, aññathā devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti; devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.
229PTS 2.161已對照

當時,拘屍那羅乃至街道的連接處、汙穢處與垃圾堆,都被曼陀羅花鋪滿到及膝之量。於是,天神與拘屍那羅的末羅人以天上的與人間的舞、歌、樂、花鬘、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養世尊的遺體,從城北抬向北方,從北門抬入城中,從城的中央穿過,從東門出城,來到城東名叫馬古答班達那的末羅人塔廟,就把世尊的遺體安放在那裡。

229. Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṃkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā [saṇṭhitā (syā.)] hoti. Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṃ nikkhipiṃsu.
230PTS 2.162緬 2.133已對照

於是,拘屍那羅的末羅人對具壽阿難說:“阿難尊者,我們對如來的遺體應當如何行呢?”“婆私吒們,如同人們對轉輪王的遺體所行的那樣,對如來的遺體也應當那樣行。”“可是阿難尊者,人們對轉輪王的遺體是怎樣行的呢?”“婆私吒們,人們用新布纏裹轉輪王的遺體,用新布纏裹之後,再用梳好的棉花纏裹,用梳好的棉花纏裹之後,再用新布纏裹。以這個方法用五百重纏裹轉輪王的遺體之後,放入鐵製的油槽中,再以另一個鐵槽覆蓋,以一切香作成柴堆,焚化轉輪王的遺體。他們在四衢道上為轉輪王造塔。婆私吒們,人們就是這樣對轉輪王的遺體而行的。婆私吒們,如同人們對轉輪王的遺體所行的那樣,對如來的遺體也應當那樣行;應當在四衢道上為如來造塔。凡是在那裡獻上花鬘、香或塗香,或禮敬,或令心生起淨信的人,那對他們將長夜是利益與安樂。”於是,拘屍那羅的末羅人吩咐屬下:“喂,那麼你們把末羅人[所有]梳好的棉花聚集起來。” 於是,拘屍那羅的末羅人用新布纏裹世尊的遺體,再用梳好的棉花纏裹;用梳好的棉花纏裹之後,再用新布纏裹。以這個方法用五百重纏裹世尊的遺體之後,放入鐵製的油槽中,再以另一個鐵槽覆蓋,以一切香作成柴堆,把世尊的遺體抬上柴堆。

230. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, vāseṭṭhā, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti. Evaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṃ vihataṃ kappāsaṃ sannipātethā’’ti.
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṃ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṃ. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi bhagavato sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropesuṃ.
Mahākassapattheravatthu
231已對照

大迦葉之事 當時,具壽大迦葉(Mahākassapa)正與約五百位比丘的大比丘僧一同走在從波婆到拘屍那羅的大道上。於是,具壽大迦葉從道路走下,在一棵樹下坐著。當時,有一位活命外道(ājīvaka)從拘屍那羅取了一朵曼陀羅花,正走在往波婆的大道上。具壽大迦葉遠遠看見那位活命外道走來;看見之後,對那位活命外道說:“賢友,你可知道我們的導師嗎?”“是的,賢友,我知道:沙門喬達摩般涅槃到今天已經七天了。我這朵曼陀羅花就是從那裡得來的。”那裡那些尚未離貪的比丘,有些人舉臂而哭泣,如被斬斷般跌倒,輾轉翻覆:“世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世間之眼消逝得太快了!”而那些已離貪的比丘,則具念、正知地忍受:“諸行是無常的,於此如何能得[常]呢?”

231. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ājīvako kusinārāya mandāravapupphaṃ gahetvā pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho āyasmā mahākassapo taṃ ājīvakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvā taṃ ājīvakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘apāvuso, amhākaṃ satthāraṃ jānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, jānāmi, ajja sattāhaparinibbuto samaṇo gotamo. Tato me idaṃ mandāravapupphaṃ gahita’’nti. Tattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.
232PTS 2.163緬 2.134已對照

當時,有一位名叫須跋陀(Subhadda)的年老出家者坐在那眾中。於是,年老出家者須跋陀對那些比丘說:“夠了,賢友們,不要愁,不要悲!我們已經從那位大沙門[的管束]中徹底解脫了。我們一向被壓迫著:‘這對你們是許可的,這對你們是不許可的。’而如今,我們想做什麼就做什麼,不想做什麼就不做什麼。”於是,具壽大迦葉對比丘們說:“夠了,賢友們,不要愁,不要悲。賢友們,世尊不是早已說過嗎:‘與一切可愛、可意的[人事],[終有]別異、別離、變異。’賢友們,於此如何能得[不然]呢?凡已生、已成、有為、壞滅之法,[要它]‘連如來的身體也不要壞滅’,這是不可能的。”

232. Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma vuddhapabbajito tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho subhaddo vuddhapabbajito te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti. Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma, taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma, na taṃ karissāmā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.
233已對照

當時,四位末羅人的首領洗了頭、穿上新衣,[說]“我們要點燃世尊的柴堆”,卻點不著。於是,拘屍那羅的末羅人對具壽阿那律說:“阿那律尊者,是什麼因、什麼緣,使這四位洗了頭、穿上新衣的末羅人首領[說]‘我們要點燃世尊的柴堆’卻點不著呢?”“婆私吒們,天神的意趣是另一樣。”“可是尊者,天神的意趣是怎樣的呢?”“婆私吒們,天神的意趣是:‘這位具壽大迦葉正與約五百位比丘的大比丘僧一同走在從波婆到拘屍那羅的大道上;只要具壽大迦葉還沒有以頭禮敬世尊的雙足,世尊的柴堆就不會燃起。’”“尊者,就照天神的意趣辦吧。”

233. Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘ayaṃ āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Na tāva bhagavato citako pajjalissati, yāvāyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatī’’’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.
234PTS 2.164已對照

於是,具壽大迦葉來到拘屍那羅名叫馬古答班達那的末羅人塔廟、世尊柴堆所在之處;到了之後,偏袒一肩,合掌,右繞柴堆三匝,以頭禮敬世尊的雙足。那五百位比丘也偏袒一肩,合掌,右繞柴堆三匝,以頭禮敬世尊的雙足。在具壽大迦葉與那五百位比丘禮敬之後,世尊的柴堆便自行燃起。

234. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. Tānipi kho pañcabhikkhusatāni ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṃsu. Vandite ca panāyasmatā mahākassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhusatehi sayameva bhagavato citako pajjali.
235緬 2.135已對照

在世尊的遺體燃燒時,凡是所謂表皮、皮、肉、腱、關節液的,既不見其灰,也不見其炱,只剩下了遺骨。猶如酥油或油燃燒時既不見灰、也不見炱;同樣地,在世尊的遺體燃燒時,凡是所謂表皮、皮、肉、腱、關節液的,既不見其灰,也不見其炱,只剩下了遺骨。而那五百雙布中,只有最內的一件與最外的一件沒有燒掉。世尊的遺體燒盡之後,從空中出現水流,澆熄了世尊的柴堆;水也從娑羅樹中湧出,澆熄了世尊的柴堆;拘屍那羅的末羅人也以一切香水澆熄了世尊的柴堆。於是,拘屍那羅的末羅人在議事堂裡作矛欄、周圍圍以弓牆,把世尊的遺骨供奉了七日,以舞、歌、樂、花鬘、香恭敬、尊重、敬重、供養。

235. Jhāyamānassa kho pana bhagavato sarīrassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Seyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati, na masi; evameva bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Tesañca pañcannaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṃsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṃ yañca bāhiraṃ. Daḍḍhe ca kho pana bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātubhavitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Udakasālatopi [udakaṃ sālatopi (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṃ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṃ karitvā dhanupākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā [parikkhipitvā (syā.)] naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṃsu garuṃ kariṃsu mānesuṃ pūjesuṃ.
Sarīradhātuvibhājanaṃ
236已對照

遺骨的分配

摩揭陀國王阿闍世·韋提希子聽說:“據說世尊已在拘屍那羅般涅槃了。”於是,摩揭陀國王阿闍世·韋提希子派使者去見拘屍那羅的末羅人:“世尊也是剎帝利,我也是剎帝利,我也應得世尊遺骨的一分,我也要為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行大供養。”

236. Assosi kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampi khattiyo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.
PTS 2.165已對照

毘舍離的離車人聽說:“據說世尊已在拘屍那羅般涅槃了。”於是,毘舍離的離車人派使者去見拘屍那羅的末羅人:“世尊也是剎帝利,我們也是剎帝利,我們也應得世尊遺骨的一分,我們也要為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行大供養。”

Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
緬 2.136已對照

迦毘羅衛(Kapilavatthu)的釋迦人聽說:“據說世尊已在拘屍那羅般涅槃了。”於是,迦毘羅衛的釋迦人派使者去見拘屍那羅的末羅人:“世尊是我們最上的親族,我們也應得世尊遺骨的一分,我們也要為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行大供養。”

Assosuṃ kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭho, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
已對照

阿拉迦巴(Allakappa)的布利人(Bulī)聽說:“據說世尊已在拘屍那羅般涅槃了。”於是,阿拉迦巴的布利人派使者去見拘屍那羅的末羅人:“世尊也是剎帝利,我們也是剎帝利,我們也應得世尊遺骨的一分,我們也要為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行大供養。”

Assosuṃ kho allakappakā bulayo [thūlayo (syā.)] – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
已對照

羅摩村(Rāmagāma)的拘利人(Koḷiya)聽說:“據說世尊已在拘屍那羅般涅槃了。”於是,羅摩村的拘利人派使者去見拘屍那羅的末羅人:“世尊也是剎帝利,我們也是剎帝利,我們也應得世尊遺骨的一分,我們也要為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行大供養。”

Assosuṃ kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
已對照

韋他堤巴(Veṭṭhadīpa)的婆羅門聽說:“據說世尊已在拘屍那羅般涅槃了。”於是,韋他堤巴的婆羅門派使者去見拘屍那羅的末羅人:“世尊是剎帝利,我是婆羅門,我也應得世尊遺骨的一分,我也要為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行大供養。”

Assosi kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahaṃ pismi brāhmaṇo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.
已對照

波婆的末羅人聽說:“據說世尊已在拘屍那羅般涅槃了。”於是,波婆的末羅人派使者去見拘屍那羅的末羅人:“世尊也是剎帝利,我們也是剎帝利,我們也應得世尊遺骨的一分,我們也要為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行大供養。”

Assosuṃ kho pāveyyakā mallā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
PTS 2.166已對照

這樣說時,拘屍那羅的末羅人對那些僧團、群眾說:“世尊是在我們的村界之內般涅槃的,我們不會分出世尊遺骨的一分。”

Evaṃ vutte kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṃ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāga’’nti.
237緬 2.137已對照

這樣說時,多那婆羅門(Doṇa)對那些僧團、群眾說了這些偈: “諸位請聽我一言: 我們的佛陀是說忍者(khantivāda); 為最上人的遺身之分 而至於兵刃相加,實非善事。 “願諸位全都協同、和合, 歡喜地分作八分; 願諸塔廣佈於四方, 願眾人對具眼者生起淨信。”

237. Evaṃ vutte doṇo brāhmaṇo te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca –
‘‘Suṇantu bhonto mama ekavācaṃ,
Amhāka [chandānurakkhaṇatthaṃ niggahītalopo]; Buddho ahu khantivādo;
Na hi sādhu yaṃ uttamapuggalassa,
Sarīrabhāge siyā sampahāro.
Sabbeva bhonto sahitā samaggā,
Sammodamānā karomaṭṭhabhāge;
Vitthārikā hontu disāsu thūpā,
Bahū janā cakkhumato pasannā’’ti.
238已對照

“那麼,婆羅門,就請你自己把世尊的遺骨平均分作八分吧。”“好的,諸位。”多那婆羅門應諾那些僧團、群眾之後,把世尊的遺骨平均善分為八分,然後對那些僧團、群眾說:“諸位,請把這隻量瓶(tumba)給我,我也要為這量瓶造塔並舉行大供養。”他們就把量瓶給了多那婆羅門。 畢缽利林(Pippalivana)的莫利亞人(Moriya)聽說:“據說世尊已在拘屍那羅般涅槃了。”於是,畢缽利林的莫利亞人派使者去見拘屍那羅的末羅人:“世尊也是剎帝利,我們也是剎帝利,我們也應得世尊遺骨的一分,我們也要為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行大供養。”“世尊遺骨的一分已經沒有了,世尊的遺骨已經分完。你們從這裡取炭去吧。”於是他們就從那裡取走了炭。

238. ‘‘Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, tvaññeva bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ savibhattaṃ vibhajāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṃ saṅghānaṃ gaṇānaṃ paṭissutvā bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitvā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca – ‘‘imaṃ me bhonto tumbaṃ dadantu ahampi tumbassa thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti. Adaṃsu kho te doṇassa brāhmaṇassa tumbaṃ.
Assosuṃ kho pippalivaniyā [pipphalivaniyā (syā.)] moriyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Natthi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgo, vibhattāni bhagavato sarīrāni. Ito aṅgāraṃ harathā’’ti. Te tato aṅgāraṃ hariṃsu [āhariṃsu (syā. ka.)].
Dhātuthūpapūjā
239PTS 2.167緬 2.138已對照

遺骨塔的供養 於是,摩揭陀國王阿闍世·韋提希子在王舍城為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行了大供養;毘舍離的離車人也在毘舍離為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行了大供養;迦毘羅衛的釋迦人也在迦毘羅衛為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行了大供養;阿拉迦巴的布利人也在阿拉迦巴為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行了大供養;羅摩村的拘利人也在羅摩村為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行了大供養;韋他堤巴的婆羅門也在韋他堤巴為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行了大供養;波婆的末羅人也在波婆為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行了大供養;拘屍那羅的末羅人也在拘屍那羅為世尊的遺骨造塔並舉行了大供養;多那婆羅門也為量瓶造塔並舉行了大供養;畢缽利林的莫利亞人也在畢缽利林為炭造塔並舉行了大供養。如是,遺骨塔有八座,量瓶塔為第九,炭塔為第十。從前之事就是這樣。

239. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Vesālikāpi licchavī vesāliyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kapilavatthuvāsīpi sakyā kapilavatthusmiṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Rāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā rāmagāme bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Veṭṭhadīpakopi brāhmaṇo veṭṭhadīpe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Doṇopi brāhmaṇo tumbassa thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pippalivaniyāpi moriyā pippalivane aṅgārānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Iti aṭṭha sarīrathūpā navamo tumbathūpo dasamo aṅgārathūpo. Evametaṃ bhūtapubbanti.
240PTS 2.168已對照

“具眼者的遺身[共]八斗, 七鬥在閻浮提受大供養; 而人中最上者的一斗, 在羅摩村由龍王供養。 “一顆牙受三十三[天]的供養, 一顆則在犍陀羅城(Gandhārapura)受大供養; 一顆又在羯陵伽(Kāliṅga)王的國境, 一顆則由龍王供養。 “正由他的威力,這大地 以最上的供養處而莊嚴; 如是,具眼者的這遺身, 為受敬者中的受敬者所善加恭敬。 “受天主、龍主、人主的供養, 同樣也受人中最上之主們的供養; 你們既已得到,就合掌禮敬它吧—— 佛陀實是百劫難逢。 “四十顆齊整的牙齒,以及一切頭髮、身毛, 諸天各取其一,[遍及]諸輪圍界的次第。” 《大般涅槃經》第三,終。

240. Aṭṭhadoṇaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ, sattadoṇaṃ jambudīpe mahenti.
Ekañca doṇaṃ purisavaruttamassa, rāmagāme nāgarājā maheti.
Ekāhi dāṭhā tidivehi pūjitā, ekā pana gandhārapure mahīyati;
Kāliṅgarañño vijite punekaṃ, ekaṃ pana nāgarājā maheti.
Tasseva tejena ayaṃ vasundharā,
Āyāgaseṭṭhehi mahī alaṅkatā;
Evaṃ imaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ,
Susakkataṃ sakkatasakkatehi.
Devindanāgindanarindapūjito,
Manussindaseṭṭhehi tatheva pūjito;
Taṃ vandatha [taṃ taṃ vandatha (syā.)] pañjalikā labhitvā,
Buddho have kappasatehi dullabhoti.
Cattālīsa samā dantā, kesā lomā ca sabbaso;
Devā hariṃsu ekekaṃ, cakkavāḷaparamparāti.
Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.